-
1 falloir
falloir [falwaʀ]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 291. <a. (besoin)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque falloir exprime un besoin, il se traduit le plus souvent par to need, avec pour sujet la personne qui a besoin de quelque chose.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• il va nous falloir 10 000 € we're going to need 10,000 euros• il vous le faudrait pour quand ? when do you need it for?• il t'en faudrait combien ? how many (or much) do you you need?• il me faudrait trois steaks, s'il vous plaît I'd like three steaks, please► s'il le faut, s'il le fallait if necessary━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque falloir est suivi d'une expression de temps, il se traduit souvent par une tournure impersonnelle avec to take. Cette expression s'utilise aussi dans certaines généralisations.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• il ne m'a pas fallu plus de dix minutes pour y aller it didn't take me more than ten minutes to get thereb. (obligation)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque falloir exprime une obligation, il se traduit généralement par to have to, avec pour sujet la personne qui doit faire quelque chose. Au présent, on peut également utiliser must, qui a une valeur plus impérative.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• tu pars déjà ? -- il le faut are you leaving already? -- I have to► falloir + infinitif• faut-il réserver à l'avance ? do you have to book in advance?• il faut l'excuser, il ne savait pas you must excuse him, he didn't know• il faut bien vivre you have to live► falloir que (+ subjonctif)• il faut que je parte ! I must go!• il faut que vous veniez nous voir à Toulouse ! you must come and see us in Toulouse!c. (probabilité, hypothèse) il faut être fou pour parler comme ça you (or he etc) must be mad to talk like that• il faut être désespéré pour commettre un tel acte you have to be desperate to do something like thate. (suggestion, exhortation) il faut voir ce spectacle this show must be seen• il faut voir ! (réserve) we'll have to see!f. (regret, réprimande)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Pour exprimer un regret ou une réprimande, les expressions il fallait et il aurait fallu se traduisent par should have, avec pour sujet la personne qui aurait dû faire quelque chose.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• il aurait fallu lui téléphoner you (or we etc) should have phoned him• des fleurs ! il ne fallait pas ! flowers! you shouldn't have!g. (exclamations) il faut le voir courir ! you should see him run!• il faut voir comment il s'habille ! you should see the clothes he wears!2. <• loin s'en faut ! far from it!• il a fini, ou peu s'en faut he has just about finished► s'en falloir de• j'ai raté le train, il s'en est fallu de 5 minutes I missed the train by 5 minutes• il s'en faut de beaucoup ! far from it!• elle ne l'a pas injurié, mais il s'en est fallu de peu she very nearly insulted him* * *falwaʀ
1.
verbe impersonnel1)il faut quelque chose/quelqu'un — gén we need something/somebody ( pour faire to do); ( sans bénéficiaire) something/somebody is needed ( pour faire to do)
2)il leur faut faire — they have to do, they must do
3)il faut faire — ( nécessité) we've/you've etc got to do, we/you etc have to do; ( autorité) we/you etc must do; (conseil, suggestion) we/you etc should do; (convenance, reproche) we/you etc ought to do
il ne faut pas faire — ( autorité) we/you etc mustn't do; ( conseil) we/you etc shouldn't do
‘tu vas payer?’ - ‘il faut bien!’ — ‘are you going to pay?’ - ‘I have to!’
faudrait pas me prendre pour un imbécile! — (colloq) do you think I'm a fool?
il faut dire que — I/you/we etc have to ou must say that
fallait le dire plus tôt! — (colloq) why didn't you say so before?
nous ne savions pas encore, faut-il le rappeler, qu'il serait élu — it must be remembered that we didn't know then that he would be elected
(il) faut/fallait le faire! — (colloq) ( c'est remarquable) it takes/took a bit of doing!; ( c'est stupide) would you believe it?
s'il le faut — ( nécessité) if necessary; ( obligation) if I/we/they etc have to
il ne fallait pas! — ( politesse) you shouldn't have!
comme il faut — [se tenir] properly
encore faudra-t-il trouver de l'argent — we/you/they etc will still have to find the money
4)il faut que tu fasses — ( obligation) you must do, you've got to do, you have to do; ( conseil) you should do; (convenance, reproche) you ought to do
2.
s'en falloir verbe pronominalloin or tant s'en faut — far from it
elle a perdu, mais il s'en est fallu de peu — she lost, but only just
il s'en est fallu d'un rien or de presque rien — there was almost nothing in it
••* * *falwaʀ vb impers1) (avec infinitif) (obligation, nécessité)il faut faire... — you need to do..., you have to do...
C'est un excellent restaurant à la mode, il faut réserver à l'avance. — It's a very good restaurant, you need to book.
Il vous faut tourner à gauche après l'église. — You need to turn left past the church.
Nous n'avons pas le choix, il faut y aller. — We have no choice, we have to go.
2) (avec 'que' et le subjonctif) (obligation, nécessité)il faut que...; Il faut que je fasse les lits. — I have to make the beds, I must make the beds.
Il faut que je parte. — I have to go.
Il a fallu qu'il parte. — He had to leave.
Il faudrait qu'elle rentre. — She ought to go home.
il faut que...; Il a fallu qu'il l'apprenne. — Inevitably, he heard about it.
Et maintenant il faut qu'il démissionne. — And now he goes and resigns., (obligation ou nécessité, suivi d'un nom objet)
il faut qch; Il faut des clous, tu peux m'en passer? — I need some nails, can you give me some?
Pour que nous puissions participer au concours, il va falloir 100 euros. — To be able to enter the contest, we'll need 100 euros.
Il doit falloir du temps. — That must take time.
Il faut du courage pour faire ce métier. — It takes courage to do that job.
Nous avons ce qu'il (nous) faut. — We have what we need., (autres locutions)
comme il faut (jeune homme, manières) — proper, [travailler, exécuter] properly
4) (hypothèse)il faut que...; Il faut qu'il ait oublié. — He must have forgotten.
* * *falloir verb table: falloirA v impers1 il faut qch/qn gén we need sth/sb (pour faire to do); ( sans bénéficiaire) sth/sb is needed ou necessary (pour faire to do); il faudrait trois voitures/trois hommes we would need three cars/three men; ce qu'il faut what is needed; ce n'est pas ce qu'il faut this isn't what is needed ou what we need; ce n'est pas l'outil qu'il faut that's not the right tool ou the tool we need; il va falloir plusieurs personnes it will take several people; il faut au moins deux jours/dix ans it takes at least two days/ten years; il faut de la patience/du courage it takes patience/courage (pour faire to do); il en faut pour qu'il se fâche it takes a lot to make him angry; il en faudrait plus pour m'énerver it would take more than that to get me annoyed; il n'en faut pas beaucoup pour te faire rire it doesn't take much to make you laugh; c'est plus qu'il n'en faut it's more than enough;2 il me/te/leur faut qch I/you/they need sth; il me/te/leur faut faire I/you/they have to do ou must do; il leur faut 20 000 euros et trois ouvriers they need 20,000 euros and three workmen; il m'a fallu trois heures pour finir it took me three hours to finish; il me faut (absolument) ce livre! I've got to have that book!; il vous faudra partir à 8 heures you'll have to leave at 8 o'clock; il m'a fallu refuser I had to refuse; il ne leur a pas fallu longtemps pour comprendre/finir they soon understood/finished; pas assez grand? qu'est-ce qu'il te faut? not big enough? what more do you want?;3 il faut faire ( nécessité) we've/you've etc got to do, we/you etc have to do; (autorité, supposition) we/you etc must do; (conseil, suggestion) we/you etc should do; (convenance, reproche) we/you etc ought to do; il ne faut pas faire ( autorité) we/you etc mustn't do; ( conseil) we/you etc shouldn't do; il faut trouver une solution we've got to ou we must find a solution; il faut être fou/idiot pour faire you'd have to be mad/stupid to do; il va falloir payer we'll have to pay up; il faut manger des fruits you should eat fruit; ‘tu vas payer?’-‘il faut bien!’ ‘are you going to pay?’-‘I have to!’; il faut faire quelque chose pour elle something has to ou must be done for her; il ne faut pas la déranger she mustn't be disturbed; il fallait venir me voir! you should have come to see me!; faudrait pas me prendre pour un imbécile○! do you think I'm a fool?; ‘tu crois que ça marchera?’-‘sais pas, faut voir○’ ‘do you think it'll work?’-‘don't know, we'll have to see’; il faut l'entendre raconter ses histoires you should hear him/her tell his/her stories; qu'est-ce qu'il ne faut pas entendre! what a lot of nonsense!; s'il fallait croire tout ce qu'on raconte! you can't believe everything people say!; il faut souhaiter que tout ira bien we'll just have to hope that everything goes well; il faut dire que I/you/we etc have to ou must say that; il faut vous dire que you should know that; fallait le dire plus tôt○! why didn't you say so before?; nous ne savions pas encore, faut-il le rappeler, qu'il serait élu it must be remembered that we didn't know then that he would be elected; il faut le voir pour le croire it has to be seen to be believed; il fallait le faire it had to be done; faut/fallait le faire○! ( c'est remarquable) it takes/took a bit of doing!; ( c'est stupide) would you believe it?; puisqu'il le faut since it has to be done; on va opérer, il le faut they're going to operate, they've no choice; s'il le faut ( nécessité) if necessary; ( obligation) if I/we/they etc have to; elle n'en fait pas plus qu'il ne faut she doesn't do any more than she has to; il ne fallait pas! ( politesse) you shouldn't have!; comme il faut [agir, se tenir] properly; elle est très comme il faut she's very proper; encore faudra-t-il trouver de l'argent we/you/they etc will still have to find the money; encore faut-il préciser que it should be added that;4 il faut que tu fasses ( obligation) you must do, you've got to do, you have to do; ( conseil) you should do; (convenance, reproche) you ought to do; il faut absolument qu'on trouve une solution we've got to find a solution; il fallait que ce soit fait it had to be done; pourquoi fallait-il que ce soit moi? why did it have to be me?; pourquoi fallait-il qu'elle arrive à ce moment-là? why did she have to turn up just then?; il faut qu'ils aient été retardés there must have been some delay; faut-il qu'elle l'aime pour le croire! she must love him to believe him!; je n'ai pas de nouvelles, il faut croire que tout va bien I haven't heard anything, I just have to suppose everything's all right; il fallait que cette sacrée○ voiture tombe en panne maintenant! the damn○ car would have to (go and) break down now!; encore faut-il qu'elle accepte she's still got to agree; encore fallait-il qu'elle accepte she hadn't agreed yet; encore faudra-t-il qu'elle accepte she'll still have to agree; encore faudrait-il qu'elle accepte she'd still have to agree.B s'en falloir vpr loin or tant s'en faut far from it; peu s'en faut very nearly; il s'en faut de beaucoup very far from it; elle a perdu, mais il s'en est fallu de peu she lost, but only just; il s'en est fallu de peu qu'il gagne he nearly won, he came very close to winning; il s'en est fallu de 15 secondes qu'elle gagne she nearly won, there was only 15 seconds in it; il s'en est fallu d'un rien or de presque rien there was almost nothing in it.il faut ce qu'il faut! there's no point in skimping!; en moins de temps qu'il ne faut pour le dire before you could say Jack Robinson.[falwar] verbe impersonnelA.[EXPRIME LE BESOIN]1. [généralement]pour ce tricot, il faut des aiguilles nº6 to knit this jumper, you need number 6 needlesil est inspecteur des impôts — il en faut! (humoristique) he's a tax inspector — someone has to do it!ajoutez de la moutarde, juste ce qu'il faut add some mustard, not too muchje crois que nous avons trouvé l'homme qu'il nous faut [pour un poste] I think we've found the right person for the jobc'est tout ce qu'il vous fallait? [dans une boutique] anything else?il me faudrait deux filets de cabillaud, s'il vous plaît I'd like two cod fillets, pleaseil ne lui en faut pas beaucoup pour se mettre en colère it doesn't take a lot ou much to make her angryil t'a fait ses excuses, qu'est-ce qu'il te faut de plus? (familier) he apologized, what more do you want?il n'est pas très beau — qu'est-ce qu'il te faut! (familier) he's not really good-looking — you're hard to please!ce n'est pas très cher — qu'est-ce qu'il te faut! (familier) it's not very expensive — well, what do you call expensive then?je suis satisfait de lui — il t'en faut peu! (familier) I'm satisfied with him — you're not hard to please!B.[EXPRIME L'OBLIGATION]1. [généralement]je lui ai dit — le fallait-il vraiment? I told him — was it really necessary ou did you really have to?s'il le faut if I/we must, if necessaryil faut m'excuser please forgive me, you must forgive mej'ai besoin d'aide — d'accord, que faut-il faire? I need help — all right, what do you want me to do?il faut bien se souvenir/se dire que... it has to be remembered/said that...s'il fallait faire attention à tout ce que l'on dit! if one had to mind one's Ps and Qs all the time!4. (au conditionnel, sens affaibli)attention, il ne faudrait pas que tu te trompes! careful, you'd better not make any mistakes!5. [en intensif]il faut le faire (familier) [en regardant un acrobate, un magicien]: il faut le faire! that's amazing!ne pas fermer sa voiture, faut le faire! it takes a fool ou you've got to be completely stupid to leave your car unlocked!ça représente un cheval — il fallait le deviner! it's supposed to be a horse — I'd never have known!C.[DONNE UNE RAISON]1. [fatalité]2. [pour justifier, expliquer]il faut que tu aies fait mal à Rex pour qu'il t'ait mordu! you must have hurt Rex to make him bite you!————————s'en falloir verbe impersonnelpeu s'en est fallu que je ne manque le train! I very nearly ou almost missed the train!il s'en est fallu de rien ou d'un cheveu (familier) ou d'un doigt (familier) qu'il ne fût décapité he came within inches of having his head chopped offtant s'en faut far from it, not by a long way -
2 पञ्चन् _pañcan
पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.]-Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth.-अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य).-2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185.-3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21.-4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance.-अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divi- sions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥(-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle.-2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses.-(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts.-2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas)-3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥-4 a calendar or almanac, so called be- cause it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propiti- ousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology).-अङ्गिक a. five-membered.-अङ्गुल a. (-ला or-ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant.-अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य.-अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9.-अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38.-अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस.-अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients.-(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं).-2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु).-3 the five elements; Māl.5.2.-अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron).-अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury.- अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.).-अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below.-अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य.-अशीतिः f. eighty-five.-अहः a period of five days.- आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41.-आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body).-आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva.-2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a.-3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā.-आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva.-आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य.-इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्).-इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥).-उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य).-उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body.-कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups.-कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115.-कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving stre- nutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥-कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth.-कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर).-कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण).-कृत्वस् ind. five times.-कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान.-कोणः a pentagon.-कोलम् the five spices taken collec- tively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ).-कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi.-क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas.-2 N. of the city, Banares.-खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds.-गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power.-गवम् a collection of five cows.-गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च).-गु a. bought with five cows.-गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth.-गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head).-2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas.-घातः (in music) a kind of mea- sure.-चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth.-चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five.-चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara.-जनः 1 a man, man- kind.-2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2.-3 the soul.-4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17.-5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons.-जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9.-ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge.-2 a man familiar with the doc- trines of the Pāśupatas.-तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters.-तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश.-2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन.-तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9.-तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and pri- mary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध).-तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5.-तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad.-तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च.-त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth.-त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five.-दश a.1 fifteenth.-2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'.-दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen.˚अहः a period of fifteen days.-दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen.-दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fort- night (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146.-2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य).-दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥-देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥-धारणक a. upheld by the five elements.-नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177.-2 an elephant.-3 a turtle.-4 a lion or tiger.-नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa.-नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum).-दा (pl.) the people of this country.-नवतिः f. ninety-five.-निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root).-नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf).-पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth.-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five.-पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115.-2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections-पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow).-पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only.-पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively.-2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels.-पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर).-पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य.-पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥-पित्तम् the bile of five ani- mals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock).-प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest).-प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान.-प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple.-बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen.-बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला.-बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु.-बाहुः N. of Śiva.-बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2.-बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज.-भद्र a.1 having five good qualities.-2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.).-3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks.-4 vicious.-द्रः a kind of pavilion.-भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9.-भुज a. pentagonal.(-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण.-2 N. of Gaṇeśa.-भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश.-भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र.-मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2).-महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54.-महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ.-मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B.-माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.).-माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298.-मास्य a. happening every five months.-मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.)-मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा.-मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.).-मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚.-रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम्...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥-2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष).-रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी).-रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24.-2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas.-3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada.-4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11.-राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.).-लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also.-लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल.-लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs.-लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra.-लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron).-लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead.-वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत).-वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक.-2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34.-वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five.-2 the five essential elements of the body.-3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27.-4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ.-5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154.-वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old.-वर्षीय a. five years old.-वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस.-वल्लभा N. of Draupadī.-वार्षिक a. recurring every five years.-वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage).-विंश a. twenty-fifth.-शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts.-2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53.-विंशतिः f. twenty-five.-विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका.-विध a. five- fold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157.-वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2.-वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold.-वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65.-शत a. amounting to five hundred.(-तम्) 1 one hundred and five.-2 five hundred.-शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49.-2 an elephant.-शारदीयः N. of a Yāga.-शिखः a lion.-शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh.-शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्).-ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34.-षष्ट a. sixty-fifth.-षष्टिः f. sixty-five.-सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें).-सप्तत a. seventy-fifth.-सप्ततिः f. seventy-five.-सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष.-सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc.-सिद्धौषधयः the five medi- cinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी.-सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥.-सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68.-सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c.-स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि).-हायन a. five years old. -
3 bet
I [bet]1) (gamble) scommessa f.to make a bet — scommettere, fare una scommessa ( with con)
to have a bet on — fare una scommessa in [ race]; scommettere su [ horse]
to place o put o lay a bet on puntare su [horse, dog, number, colour]; to make a bet that scommettere che; to do sth. for a bet fare qcs. per scommessa; "place your bets!" (in roulette) "faites vos jeux!"; this car is supposed to be a good o safe bet con questa automobile non dovrebbero esserci rischi; your best bet is to take the motorway — la cosa migliore è che tu prenda l'autostrada
2) (guess)3) (stake) scommessa f.; (in casino) puntata f.II 1. [bet]verbo transitivo ( forma in -ing - tt-; pass., p.pass. bet o betted) scommettere (on su); (in gambling) scommettere, puntare2.bet you can, can't! — (between children) scommetto che ci riesci, non ci riesci!
verbo intransitivo ( forma in -ing - tt-; pass., p.pass. bet o betted) scommettere (on su); (in casino) scommettere, puntareto bet on a horse — scommettere o puntare su un cavallo
to bet on sth. happening — scommettere che succederà qcs.
something will go wrong, you can bet on it — qualcosa andrà storto, puoi scommetterci
I'll bet! — (in agreement) ci credo! credo bene! (ironically) come no!
* * *[bet] 1. past tense, past participles - bet, betted; verb((often with on) to gamble (usually with money) eg on a racehorse: I'm betting on that horse.) scommettere su2. noun1) (an act of betting: I won my bet.) scommessa2) (a sum of money betted: Place your bets.) scommessa, puntata•- take a bet
- you bet* * *bet /bɛt/n.1 scommessa: to have (o to make) a bet, fare una scommessa; to place a bet with a bookmaker, fare una scommessa con un allibratore; to take (o to accept) a bet on st., accettare una scommessa su qc.; to do st. for a bet, fare qc. per scommessa2 puntata; posta● (fam.) all bets are off, la partita è chiusa; non se ne fa niente □ (fam.) a bad bet, una cosa (o una persona) che non dà affidamento; un rischio: He's a bad bet for marriage, non dà nessun affidamento come marito □ (fam.) one's best bet, la cosa migliore da farsi: DIALOGO → - Car problems 2- That's your best bet, è la cosa migliore che puoi fare □ (fam.) to call off all bets, sospendere tutto; non farne più niente □ (fam.) a good bet, una scelta sicura; (la) scelta (o la soluzione) migliore □ to hedge one's bets, giocare su più fronti ( per minimizzare il rischio); tenersi equidistante; tenere il piede in due staffe; barcamenarsi □ (fam.) a safe bet, una cosa quasi sicura (o molto probabile): It's a safe bet that…, è probabile che…; ci puoi scommettere che… □ a sure bet to do st., una cosa (o persona) che farà sicuramente qc.: Bill's a sure bet to win, Bill vincerà sicuramente □ (fam.) My bet is that…, scommetto che… □ It's anyone's bet!, chi lo sa!; vattelapesca!♦ (to) bet /bɛt/scommettere; puntare: to bet on horses, scommettere sui cavalli (o alle corse); I bet ten pounds on Astra, scommisi dieci sterline su Astra; I'm ready to bet against him winning, sono pronto a scommettere che lui non vincerà; I bet you twenty dollars she won't accept, scommettiamo venti dollari che lei non accetta?; I bet you he didn't know, scommetto che lui non lo sapeva; vuoi scommetterci che lui non lo sapeva?; DIALOGO → - At the museum- I bet you'll enjoy yourselves, secondo me vi divertirete● (fam.) to bet one's boots (o one's bottom dollar, one's shirt), scommettere qualunque cifra; scommetterci la camicia □ (fam.) I wouldn't bet on it, io non ne sarei così sicuro; io non ci giurerei □ ( slang) You bet!, altro che!; eccome no!; ci puoi scommettere!; lo credo bene! □ (fam.) Want to bet?, scommettiamo?* * *I [bet]1) (gamble) scommessa f.to make a bet — scommettere, fare una scommessa ( with con)
to have a bet on — fare una scommessa in [ race]; scommettere su [ horse]
to place o put o lay a bet on puntare su [horse, dog, number, colour]; to make a bet that scommettere che; to do sth. for a bet fare qcs. per scommessa; "place your bets!" (in roulette) "faites vos jeux!"; this car is supposed to be a good o safe bet con questa automobile non dovrebbero esserci rischi; your best bet is to take the motorway — la cosa migliore è che tu prenda l'autostrada
2) (guess)3) (stake) scommessa f.; (in casino) puntata f.II 1. [bet]verbo transitivo ( forma in -ing - tt-; pass., p.pass. bet o betted) scommettere (on su); (in gambling) scommettere, puntare2.bet you can, can't! — (between children) scommetto che ci riesci, non ci riesci!
verbo intransitivo ( forma in -ing - tt-; pass., p.pass. bet o betted) scommettere (on su); (in casino) scommettere, puntareto bet on a horse — scommettere o puntare su un cavallo
to bet on sth. happening — scommettere che succederà qcs.
something will go wrong, you can bet on it — qualcosa andrà storto, puoi scommetterci
I'll bet! — (in agreement) ci credo! credo bene! (ironically) come no!
-
4 ir
v.1 to go.ir hacia el sur/al cine to go south/to the cinemair en autobús/coche to go by bus/carir andando to go on foot, to walk¡vamos! let's go!2 to be gradually.ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing somethingva anocheciendo it's getting dark3 to go.le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new jobsu negocio va mal his business is going badly¿cómo te va? how are you doing?4 to go.estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers5 to go, to belong.esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there6 to go, to leave (marcharse).irse a to go to¡vete! go away!El bus va por el camino The bus goes down the road.7 to go (to search).ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get something/somebody, to go and fetch something/somebody (peninsular Spanish)8 to go (to consume, to disappear).se ha ido la luz there's been a power cut9 to be going (intención).ir a hacer algo to be going to do somethingte voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you10 to get (to change).ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse11 to work.la manivela va floja the crank is loosela televisión no va the television isn't working12 to be meant (comentario, indirecta).ir por alguien to be meant for somebody, to be aimed at somebody13 to suit (clothes).irle (bien) a alguien to suit somebodyesta camisa no va con esos pantalones this shirt doesn't go with these trousers14 to do (tratamiento).irle bien a alguien to do somebody good15 to like, to care.no me va el pop I don't like pop music (peninsular Spanish)ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other16 to attend.Ricardo va en las tardes Richard attends in the afternoons.17 to be doing, to make out.Me va bien I am doing well.18 to keep on, to keep.Ir caminando Keep on walking.19 to go for.Me va bien el negocio The business goes well for me20 to match.Estas medias van These socks match.* * *IRPresent IndicativeImperfect SubjunctivePast IndicativePresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperative* * *verb1) to go2) get on3) extend•- ir a- ir a pie
- irse* * *Para las expresiones ir de vacaciones, ir de veras, ir dado, irse de la lengua, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=marchar)a) [indicando movimiento, acción] to go¿has ido alguna vez a Quito? — have you ever been to Quito?
¿a qué colegio vas? — what school do you go to?
esta carretera va a Huesca — this road goes to Huesca, this is the road to Huesca
ir con tiento — to go carefully {o} cautiously
¡ya voy!, ¡ahora voy! — coming!, I'll be right there!
¿quién va? — (Mil) who goes there?
b) [indicando la forma de transporte]•
ir [andando] — to walk, go on foottuvimos que ir andando — we had to walk {o} go on foot
¿vas a ir andando o en autobús? — are you walking or going by bus?
•
ir en [avión] — to fly•
ir en [bicicleta] — to ride•
ir a [caballo] — to ride•
fui en [coche] — I went by car, I drove•
ir a [pie] — to walk, go on foot•
fui en [tren] — I went by train {o} railc) [con complemento]iban muertos de risa por la calle — they were killing themselves laughing as they went down the street
d)• ir (a) [por] — to go and get
voy por el médico — I'll go and fetch {o} get the doctor
voy a por él — [a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him
solo van a por las pelas — * they're only in it for the money
2) [indicando proceso]a) [persona]¿cómo va el paciente? — how's the patient doing?
el enfermo va mejor — the patient is improving {o} doing better
b) [acción, obra] to go¿cómo va el ensayo? — how's the essay going?, how are you getting on with the essay?
¿cómo va el partido? — what's the score?
¿cómo va eso? — how are things (going)?
todo va bien — everything's fine, everything's going well
los resultados van a mejor — the results are improving {o} getting better
c)• ir [por], ¿te has leído ya el libro? ¿por dónde vas? — have you read the book yet? whereabouts are you? {o} how far have you got?
3) [indicando manera, posición]4) (=extenderse) to go, stretchla pradera va desde la montaña hasta el mar — the grasslands go {o} stretch from the mountains to the sea
•
[en lo que] va de año — so far this yearen lo que va de semana hemos recibido cientos de llamadas — we've had hundreds of calls so far this week
5) [indicando distancia, diferencia]¡lo que va del padre al hijo! — what a difference there is between father and son!, father and son are nothing like each other!
de 7 a 9 van 2 — the difference between 7 and 9 is 2; [en resta] 7 from 9 leaves 2
6) [indicando acumulación]7) [en apuestas]¿cuánto va? — how much do you bet?
8) (=vestir)¿con qué ropa {o} cómo fuiste a la boda? — what did you wear to the wedding?
etiqueta 2)iba de rojo — she was dressed in red, she was wearing red
9)irle a algn —
a) [indicando importancia]b) [indicando situación]¿cómo te va? — how are things?, how are you doing?
¿cómo te va en los estudios? — how are you getting on with your studies?
¡que te vaya bien! — take care!
c) (=sentar) to suit¿me va bien esto? — does this suit me?
d) * (=gustar)le va al Cruz Azul — Méx (Dep) he supports Cruz Azul
10) [seguido de preposición]ir con (=acompañar, combinar) to go with ir de¿de qué va la película? — what's the film about?
no sabe de qué va el rollo — * he doesn't know what it's all about
va de intelectual por la vida — * he acts the intellectual all the time
ir para¿de qué vas? — * what are you on about? *
va para los 40 — he's getting on for 40, he's knocking on 40
ir por [indicando intención]va para cinco años que entré en la Universidad — it's getting on for five years since I started University
eso no va por usted — I wasn't referring to you, that wasn't meant for you
ir tras to go after¡va por los novios! — (here's) to the bride and groom!
11) [otras locuciones]•
[a lo que] iba — as I was saying•
ir a algn [con] algo, siempre le iba con sus problemas — he always went to her with his problems•
[¿dónde] vas?, -¿le regalamos un equipo de música? -¿dónde vas? con un libro tiene bastante — "shall we give him a stereo?" - "what do you mean? a book is fine"-¿le pido disculpas? -¿dónde vas? deja que sea él quien se disculpe — "shall I apologize?" - "what are you talking about? let him be the one to apologize"
•
si vamos a [eso] — for that matterpues, a eso voy — that's what I mean, that's what I'm getting at
•
es el [no] va más — * it's the ultimate•
ir de mal en [peor] — to go from bad to worse•
ir a lo [suyo] — to do one's own thing; pey to look after Number One•
ir y [venir], era un constante ir y venir de ambulancias — ambulances were constantly coming and goingllevo todo el día yendo y viniendo de un lado al otro de la ciudad — I've spent all day going from one end of town to the other
cuando tú vas, yo ya he venido — I've been there before, I've seen it all before
•
ir [y], ahora va y me dice que no viene — now he goes and tells me he's not cominglejos 1., 1)fue y se marchó — Méx * he just upped and left *
12) [exclamaciones]¡vaya! [indicando sorpresa] well!; [indicando enfado] damn!¡vaya! ¿qué haces tú por aquí? — well, what a surprise! what are you doing here?
¡vaya, vaya! — well I'm blowed! *
¡vaya coche! — what a car!, that's some car!
¡vaya susto que me pegué! — I got such a fright!, what a fright I got!
¡vamos! [dando ánimos] come on!; [para ponerse en marcha] let's go!¡vaya con el niño! — that damn kid! *
¡vamos! ¡di algo! — come on! say something!
vamos, no es difícil — come on, it's not difficult
una chica, vamos, una mujer — a girl, well, a woman
¡qué va!es molesto, pero ¡vamos! — it's a nuisance, but there it is
-¿no me vas a echar la bronca? -no, qué va — "you're not going to tell me off, are you?" - "of course I'm not"
¿perder la liga? ¡qué va, hombre! — lose the league? you must be joking!
2.VERBO AUXILIARir a ({+ infin}) to govamos a hacerlo — [afirmando] we are going to do it; [exhortando] let's do it
tras muchas vueltas fuimos a dar con la calle Serrano — after driving round for ages we eventually found Serrano Street
¿cómo lo iba a tener? — how could he have had it?
¡no lo va a saber! — of course he knows!
¿no irás a decirme que no lo sabías? — you're not going to tell me you didn't know?
¿no irá a soplar? — ** I hope he's not going to split on us *
ir ({+ gerund})•
no vaya a [ser] que..., no salgas no vaya a ser que venga — don't go out in case she comes¿quién va ganando? — who's winning?
¡voy corriendo! — I'll be right there!
id pensando en el tema que queréis tratar — be {o} start thinking about the subject you want to deal with
ir ({+ participio})voy comprendiendo que... — I am beginning to see that...
3.See:* * *1.verbo intransitivo1)a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to goiban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot
Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!
voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)
¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?
¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?
ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting
¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?
a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that
¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)
¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?
¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!
ir a por alguien — (Esp)
ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up
ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you
ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do
b) ( asistir) to go toya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university
2) ( expresando propósito)ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I
3)irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher
4)a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!
tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!
b) (Jueg)ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000
ahí va! — (Esp fam)
ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)
5) comentarioeso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you
6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake
7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?
¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?
9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green
10) ( en calidad de)¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?
va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever
11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?
12) camino/sendero ( llevar)ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something
13) (extenderse, abarcar)el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance
14) (marchar, desarrollarse)¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?
va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)
¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?
me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview
que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!
¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?
15) (en juegos, competiciones)¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1
voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning
16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?
17) ( estar en camino)ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
18) (sumar, hacer)con éste van seis — six, counting this one
19) ( haber transcurrido)en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month
20) ( haber diferencia)lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)
21) (CS) (depender, radicar)22)a) ( deber colocarse) to go¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?
qué va! — (fam)
¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!
¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!
b) ( deber escribirse)¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?
¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?
c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)23)a) ( combinar)b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)c)24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold
25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody
26) vamosa) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?
b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him
vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!
dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something
desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go
c) (al aclarar, resumir)eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway
vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy
es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway
27) vayaa) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)c) (al aclarar, resumir)2.vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
ir v aux1)ir a + inf —
2)a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + infva a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?
bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work
3)a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains
b) ( expresando un deseo)¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?
¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?
¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?
5) ( expresando incredulidad)6)¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?
b) ( al contradecir)¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?
¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?
3.ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse v pron1) ( marcharse) to leave¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?
bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off
se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away
anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)
no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)
2) (consumirse, gastarse)cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)
3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to gose ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?
4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down
5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back
7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful
8)a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go outb) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run* * *= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.Ex. He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.Ex. It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.Ex. Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.Ex. Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.Ex. She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.Ex. This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.----* algo va mal = something is amiss.* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* el no va más = the be all and end all.* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.* ir a casa de = make + house calls.* ir acompañado de = come with.* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.* ir a la baja = be down.* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.* ir a la escuela = go to + school.* ir a la guerra = go to + war.* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.* ir al centro = go + downtown.* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.* ir al pub = go to + the pub.* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.* ir a pie = leg it.* ir a por = go for.* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir con = go with, come with.* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.* ir de acampada = camp.* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.* ir de compras = go + shopping.* ir de copas = go for + a drink.* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.* ir de excursión = hike.* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.* ir delante = lead + the way.* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion .* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.* ir de putas = whoring.* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.* ir en = ride.* ir en aumento = be on the increase.* ir en bici = bike.* ir en bicicleta = cycle.* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion .* ir en moto = bike.* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.* ir entre = go between.* ir hacia = head for.* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.* ir hacia delante = page + forward.* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.* irle a Uno = make out.* ir mal = go + wrong.* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir marcha atrás = back up.* ir más allá = go + one stage further.* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.* ir pegado a = hug.* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir primero = lead + the way.* ir rápido = fly.* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.* irse a casa = go + home.* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.* irse a la cama = retire + at night.* irse a la mierda = naff off.* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.* irse al cuerno = naff off.* irse al diablo = naff off.* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.* irse a paseo = naff off.* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.* irse de casa = leave + home.* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.* irse de vacaciones = vacation.* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.* irse para siempre = go + forever.* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir todo bien = be fine.* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.* ir y venir = come and go.* ir zumbando = whiz.* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.* partido de ida = away game.* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....* ser hora de irse = be time to go.* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.* si vamos a eso = for that matter.* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.* va a = gonna [going to].* vete a la mierda = fuck off.* véte al carajo = drop dead!.* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).* * *1.verbo intransitivo1)a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to goiban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot
Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!
voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)
¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?
¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?
ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting
¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?
a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that
¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)
¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?
¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!
ir a por alguien — (Esp)
ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up
ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you
ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do
b) ( asistir) to go toya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university
2) ( expresando propósito)ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I
3)irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher
4)a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!
tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!
b) (Jueg)ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000
ahí va! — (Esp fam)
ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)
5) comentarioeso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you
6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake
7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?
¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?
9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green
10) ( en calidad de)¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?
va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever
11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?
12) camino/sendero ( llevar)ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something
13) (extenderse, abarcar)el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance
14) (marchar, desarrollarse)¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?
va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)
¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?
me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview
que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!
¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?
15) (en juegos, competiciones)¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1
voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning
16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?
17) ( estar en camino)ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
18) (sumar, hacer)con éste van seis — six, counting this one
19) ( haber transcurrido)en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month
20) ( haber diferencia)lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)
21) (CS) (depender, radicar)22)a) ( deber colocarse) to go¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?
qué va! — (fam)
¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!
¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!
b) ( deber escribirse)¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?
¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?
c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)23)a) ( combinar)b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)c)24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold
25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody
26) vamosa) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?
b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him
vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!
dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something
desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go
c) (al aclarar, resumir)eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway
vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy
es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway
27) vayaa) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)c) (al aclarar, resumir)2.vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
ir v aux1)ir a + inf —
2)a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + infva a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...
b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?
bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work
3)a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains
b) ( expresando un deseo)¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?
¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?
¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?
5) ( expresando incredulidad)6)¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?
b) ( al contradecir)¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?
¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?
3.ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse v pron1) ( marcharse) to leave¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?
bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off
se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away
anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)
no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)
2) (consumirse, gastarse)cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)
3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to gose ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?
4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down
5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back
7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful
8)a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go outb) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run* * *= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.Ex: He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.
Ex: It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.Ex: Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.Ex: Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.Ex: She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.Ex: This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.* algo va mal = something is amiss.* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).* el no va más = the be all and end all.* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.* ir a casa de = make + house calls.* ir acompañado de = come with.* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.* ir a la baja = be down.* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.* ir a la escuela = go to + school.* ir a la guerra = go to + war.* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.* ir al centro = go + downtown.* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.* ir al pub = go to + the pub.* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.* ir a pie = leg it.* ir a por = go for.* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir con = go with, come with.* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.* ir de acampada = camp.* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.* ir de compras = go + shopping.* ir de copas = go for + a drink.* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.* ir de excursión = hike.* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.* ir delante = lead + the way.* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion.* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.* ir de putas = whoring.* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.* ir en = ride.* ir en aumento = be on the increase.* ir en bici = bike.* ir en bicicleta = cycle.* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion.* ir en moto = bike.* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.* ir entre = go between.* ir hacia = head for.* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.* ir hacia delante = page + forward.* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.* irle a Uno = make out.* ir mal = go + wrong.* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir marcha atrás = back up.* ir más allá = go + one stage further.* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.* ir pegado a = hug.* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.* ir primero = lead + the way.* ir rápido = fly.* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.* irse a casa = go + home.* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.* irse a la cama = retire + at night.* irse a la mierda = naff off.* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.* irse al cuerno = naff off.* irse al diablo = naff off.* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.* irse a paseo = naff off.* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.* irse de casa = leave + home.* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.* irse de vacaciones = vacation.* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.* irse para siempre = go + forever.* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.* ir todo bien = be fine.* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.* ir y venir = come and go.* ir zumbando = whiz.* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.* partido de ida = away game.* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....* ser hora de irse = be time to go.* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.* si vamos a eso = for that matter.* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.* va a = gonna [going to].* vete a la mierda = fuck off.* véte al carajo = drop dead!.* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).* * *ir [ I27 ]■ ir (verbo intransitivo)A trasladarse, desplazarseB expresando propósitoC irle a alguien con algoD1 al arrojar algo, arrojarse2 JuegosE con comentariosF estar en juegoG hablando de acciones imprevistasA ir + complementoB refiriéndose al atuendoC en calidad deD tratarA llevar aB extenderse, abarcarA marchar, desarrollarseB en juegos, competicionesC en el desarrollo de algoD estar en caminoE sumar, hacerF haber transcurridoG haber una diferenciaH depender, radicarA1 deber colocarse2 deber escribirse3 estar incluidoB1 combinar2 sentar, convenir3 ir en contra de algoC gustarD tomar partido por, apoyarA1 expresando incredulidad etc2 intentando tranquilizar, animar3 al aclarar, resumirB1 expresando sorpresa, contrariedad2 para enfatizar3 al aclarar, resumir■ ir (verbo auxiliar)A1 para expresar tiempo futuro2 expresando intención, propósito3 en propuestas, sugerenciasB al prevenir, hacer recomendacionesC expresando inevitabilidadD expresando incredulidadE1 en afirmaciones enfáticas2 al contradecirSentido II expresando un proceso paulatino■ irse (verbo pronominal)A marcharseB consumirse, gastarseC desaparecer: mancha, dolorD salirse, escaparseE morirseF caerse, perder el equilibrioG andarse, actuarH1 en naipes2 en una asignaturaI las mediasviA (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go¿vamos en taxi? shall we go by taxi?iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on footir por mar to go by sea¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right with you! o I'll be with you right away!es la tercera vez que te llamo — ¡ya va or voy! this is the third time I've called you — alright, alright, I'm (just) coming!¿quién va? who goes there?lo oía ir y venir por la habitación I could hear him pacing up and down the roomel ir y venir de la gente por la avenida the to-ing and fro-ing of people along the avenueel ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guestsno he hecho más que ir y venir de un lado para otro sin conseguir nada I've done nothing but run around without getting anything donevoy al mercado I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market ( colloq)vamos a casa let's go home¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?¿tú vas a misa? do you go to church?nunca va a clase he never goes to o attends classir de compras/de caza to go shopping/huntingya vamos para allá we're on our way¿para dónde vas? where are you headed (for)?, where are you heading (for)? ( BrE)¿por dónde se va a la estación? how do you get to the station?fuimos por el camino de la costa we went along o took the coastal routeno vayas por ese lado, es más largo don't go that way, it's longera eso voy/vamos I'm/we're just coming o getting to that¿dónde vas/va/van? (frente a una exageración) ( fam): ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? what are you doing with all that bread?¿dejamos 500 de propina? — ¡dónde vas! con 100 hay de sobra shall we leave 500 as a tip? — you must be joking o kidding! 100 will be more than enough¡eh, dónde vas! te dije un poquito steady on o easy! I said I wanted a little bitir a dar a un lugar: ¿quién sabe dónde fue a dar la pelota? who knows where the ball got to o went?nos tomamos un tren equivocado y fuimos a dar a Maroñas we took the wrong train and ended up in Maroñasir a por algn ( Esp): ha ido a por su madre he's gone to get o fetch his mother, he's gone to pick his mother upten cuidado, que va a por ti watch out, he's out to get you o he's after youel perro fue a por él the dog went for himir por or ( Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread, I'm off to get some bread ( colloq)no irla con algo ( RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't hold with o I don't go along with all this liberalismno me/le va ni me/le viene ( fam); I'm/he's not in the least bit bothered, I don't/he doesn't mind at allallí donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans doB (expresando propósito) ir A + INF:¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?ve a ayudarla go and help herfue a ayudarla he went to help her¿me irías a comprar el pan? would you go and buy the bread for me?Cirle a algn con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problemsa la maestra no le gusta que le vayan con chismes the teacher doesn't like people telling on each other o people coming to her with talesD1(al arrojar algo, arrojarse): tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here it comes o there you go!tírate del trampolín — bueno ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!2 ( Juegos):ahí van otros $2.000 there's another $2,000¡no va más! no more bets!David ganó 20 millones en la lotería — ¡ahí va! David won 20 million in the lottery — wow o ( AmE) gee whiz! ( colloq)E«comentario»: no iba con mala intención it wasn't meant unkindly, I didn't mean it nastilyten cuidado con él, que esta vez va en serio be careful, this time he's serious o he means businessir POR algn:y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too o and the same goes for you o and I'm referring to you tooF (estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc):se puso como si le fuera la vida en ello she acted as if her life depended on it o was at stakele va el trabajo en esto his job depends on this, his job is on the lineG ( fam)(hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes): fue y le dio un puñetazo she went and o she upped and punched himy la tonta va y se lo cree and like an idiot she believed him, and the idiot went and believed him ( BrE colloq)fueron y se sentaron justo donde estaba recién pintado they went and sat down right where it had just been paintedA (+ complemento)(sin énfasis en el movimiento): los caminantes iban cantando por el camino the walkers sang as they went along¿van cómodos allí atrás? are you comfortable back there?¿irán bien aquí los vasos? will the glasses be safe here?ella iba dormida en el asiento de atrás she was asleep in the back seatpor lo menos íbamos sentados at least we were sitting downel niño iba sentado en el manillar the child was sitting o riding on the handlebarsiba por la calle hablando solo he talked to himself as he walked along the streetvas que pareces un pordiosero you look like some sort of beggarse notaba que iba con miedo you could see that she was afraidel tren iba llenísimo the train was packeddéjame que te ayude que vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry, let me help youel ciclista colombiano va a la cabeza the Colombian cyclist is in the leadno vayas tan rápido, que te vas a equivocar don't do it o go so fast or you'll make a mistakehay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos you have to keep your eyes openva de chasco en chasco he's had one disappointment after another, he seems to lurch from one disappointment to anotherB (refiriéndose al atuendo) ir DE algo:iban de largo they wore long dressesvoy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Draculaiba de verde she was dressed in green, she was wearing greenC (en calidad de) ir DE algo to go (along) AS sthyo fui de intérprete, porque él no habla inglés I went along as an interpreter, because he doesn't speak English¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? ( Esp arg); hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?va de guapo por la vida ( Esp arg); he really thinks he's something special, he really fancies himself ( BrE colloq)D( Esp fam) (tratar) ir DE algo: no me voy a presentar al examen, no sé ni de qué va I'm not going to sit the exam, I don't even know what it's on¿de qué va la novela? what's the novel about?A «camino» (llevar a) ir A algo; to lead TO sth, to go TO sthel camino que va a la playa the road that goes down to o leads to the beachB(extenderse, abarcar): la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia the highway goes o stretches from Madrid to Valencialo que hay que traducir va de la página 82 a la 90 the part to be translated starts on page 82 and ends on page 90, the part to be translated is from page 82 to page 90el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissanceestados de ánimo que van de la excitación desmedida a la abulia moods ranging from over-excitement to complete lethargyA(marchar, desarrollarse): ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?el negocio va de mal en peor the business is going from bad to worse¿qué tal va la tesis? how's the thesis coming along o going?¿cómo va el enfermo? how's the patient doing?¿cómo les fue en Italia? how did you get on in Italy?, how was Italy?me fue mal en el examen the exam went badly, I did badly in the exam¡adiós! ¡que te vaya bien! bye! all the best! o take care!¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam, I hope the exam goes well¿cómo le va con el novio? how's she getting on with her boyfriend?, how are things going between her and her boyfriend?B(en juegos, competiciones): ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1voy ganando yo I'm ahead o I'm winning o I'm in the leadya va perdiendo casi $8.000 he's already lost almost $8,000C (en el desarrollo de algo) ir POR algo:¿por dónde van en el programa de historia? how far have you got in the history syllabus?, where have you got (up) to in history?¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?estoy por terminar, ya voy por las mangas I've nearly finished, I'm just doing the sleeves nowD (estar en camino) ir PARA algo:¿qué quieres? ¡vamos para viejos! what do you expect? we're getting on! o we're getting old!ya va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty, she's not far off fiftyya va para dos años que no lo veo it's getting on for two years since I last saw himiba para médico he was going to be a doctorE(sumar, hacer): ya van tres veces que te lo digo this is the third time I've told you¿cuántos has leído? — con éste van seis how many have you read? — six, counting this one o six, including this one o this one makes six o this is the sixth oneya van tres pasteles que se come that makes three cakes he's eaten nowF(haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or ( Esp) de año/mes so far this year/monthG(haber una diferencia): de tres a ocho van cinco eight minus three is five¡lo que va de un hermano a otro! ( fam); it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! ( colloq)H (CS) (depender, radicar) ir EN algo; to depend ON sthno sé en qué irá I don't know what it depends oneso va en gustos that's a question of tasteA1 (deber colocarse) to go¿sabes dónde va esta pieza? do you know where this piece goes?¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?¡qué va! ( fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! todavía tengo para rato have you finished? — you must be joking! I still have a while to go yet¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! todo lo contrario did she get upset? — not at all! quite the opposite in factvamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! ¡si hay tiempo de sobra! we're going to miss the plane — nonsense! we have more than enough time2(deber escribirse): ¿va con mayúscula? is it written with a capital letter?¿va con acento? does it have an accent?3B1 (combinar) ir CON algo to go WITH sthesos zapatos no van (bien) con esa falda those shoes don't go with that skirt2 (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):el negro no te va bien black doesn't suit youte irá bien una semanita de vacaciones a week's vacation will do you good3ir en contra de algo to go against sthesto va en contra de sus principios this goes against her principlesC( Esp arg) (gustar) (+ me/te/le etc): a mí esa música no me va that music does nothing for me o leaves me coldD ( Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle A algo/algn; to support sth/sbmucha gente le va al equipo peruano a lot of people support o are backing o are rooting for the Peruvian teamA1(expresando incredulidad, fastidio): ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?¿cómo que le vas a ganar? ¡vamos! what do you mean you're going to beat him? come off it!2(intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa): vamos, mujer, dile algo, no seas vergonzosa go on, say something to him, don't be shy¡vamos! ¡ánimo, que falta poco! come on! keep going! it's not far now!¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!¡vamos, vamos! ¡circulen! OK o come on, move along now please!dar el vamos a algo ( Chi); to inaugurate sth3(al aclarar, resumir): eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, at least that's what I think anywaypodrías haberte disculpado, vamos, no habría sido mucho pedir you could have apologized, I mean that's not much to askvamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthyes mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anywayB vaya1(expresando sorpresa, contrariedad): ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?, well! fancy seeing you here! ( BrE)¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no! it's fallen over again!¡vaya! nos quedamos sin saber cómo termina la película damn! now we won't know how the film ends ( colloq)2(para enfatizar): ¡vaya cochazo se ha comprado! that's some car he's bought himself!¡vaya contigo! ¡no hay manera de hablarte! what on earth's the matter with you? you're so touchy!¿vaya día! what a day!¡vaya película me has traído a ver! ( iró); this is a really great movie you've brought me to see ( iro)¡vaya si le voy a decir lo que pienso! you bet I'm going to tell him what I think!¡vaya (que) si la conozco! you bet I know her!3(al aclarar, resumir): tampoco es tan torpe, vaya, los hay peores he isn't totally stupid, well, I mean there are plenty worse■Sentido I ir A + INFA1(para expresar tiempo futuro): ¡te vas a caer! you're going to fall!a este paso no van a terminar nunca they'll never finish at this rateel barco va a zarpar the boat's about to set saildijo que lo iba a pensar she said she was going to think it overya van a ser las cuatro it's almost o nearly four o'clockva a hacer dos años que no nos vemos we haven't seen each other for nearly two years, it's getting on for two years since we saw each otheresto no te va a gustar you're not going to like thisno te preocupes, ya se va a solucionar don't worry, it'll sort itself outtenía miedo de que se fuera a olvidar I was afraid he'd forget2(expresando intención, propósito): se lo voy a decir I'm going to tell himlo voy a conseguir, sea como sea I'll get it one way or anotherme voy a tomar unos días libres en abril I'm going to take a few days off in Aprilvamos a ir a verla esta tarde we're going to go and see her this evening3(en propuestas, sugerencias): vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?siéntate, vamos a discutir el asunto have a seat and let's discuss the matterbueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to workB(al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones): que no se te vaya a escapar delante de ella make sure you don't blurt it out in front of herten cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall ( colloq), be careful or you'll falllleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella in case it rainsC(expresando inevitabilidad): ¡qué voy a hacer! what else can I do?¡qué le iba a decir! what else could I tell her?¿qué iba a pensar el pobre hombre? what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?¿seguro que fue ella? — ¿quién iba a ser si no? are you sure it was her? — who else could it have been?D(expresando incredulidad): ¡no irás a darle la razón a él! surely you're not going to say he was right!está muy deprimida — ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? she's really depressed — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?E1(en afirmaciones enfáticas): ¿te acuerdas de él? — ¡no me voy a acordar! do you remember him — of course I do o how could I forget?2(al contradecir): ¿dormiste bien? — ¡qué voy a dormir! did you sleep well?— how could I?¡cómo iba a saberlo, si nadie me dijo nada! how was I supposed to know? no one told me anything¿por qué lo voy a ayudar? ¡si él a mí nunca me ayuda! why should I help him? he never helps me!Sentido II (expresando un proceso paulatino) ir + GER:poco a poco va a ir aprendiendo she'll learn little by littlea medida que va subiendo el nivel del agua as the water level risesha ido cambiando con el tiempo he's changed as time has passedtú puedes ir pelando las cebollas you could start peeling the onionsahora les toca a ustedes, vayan preparándose it's your turn now, so start getting readycomo te iba diciendo as I was sayingya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you can start o you'd better start getting used to the idea, you'd better get used to the ideala voz parecía irse alejando cada vez más the voice seemed to grow more and more distantla situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse■ irseA(marcharse): ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?vámonos, que se hace tarde let's go, it's getting lateel tren ya se ha ido the train's already gonese quiere ir a vivir a Escocia she wants to go (off) and live in Scotlandse han ido todos a la plaza everybody's gone down to the squarevete a la cama go to bedse fue de casa she left homevete de aquí get out of herese ha ido de la empresa she's left the companyse han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away(+ me/te/le etc): la mayor se nos ha ido a vivir a Florida our eldest daughter's gone (off) to live in FloridaB(consumirse, gastarse): ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!, the money just disappears!, we get through money so quickly(+ me/te/le etc): se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rentse nos ha ido el día en tonterías we've spent o wasted the whole day messing around¿te das cuenta de lo rápido que se nos ha ido la tarde? hasn't the evening gone quickly?C (desaparecer) «mancha/dolor» to gose ha ido la luz the electricity's gone off(+ me/te/le etc): no se me va el mareo I'm still feeling queasy¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?D (salirse, escaparse) «líquido/gas» to escape(+ me/te/le etc): se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going downque no se te vaya la leche por el fuego don't let the milk boil overtápalo para que no se le vaya la fuerza put the top on so that the fizz doesn't go out of it o so that it doesn't lose its fizzcuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't stop my feet tapping o I couldn't keep my feet stillcreo que se nos va I think he's slipping away, I think we're losing himF (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/backme daba la impresión de que me iba para atrás I felt as if I was falling backwardsfrenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwardsG (andarse, actuar) (+ compl):vete con cuidado/tacto be careful/tactfulH1 (CS) (en naipes) to go out2I ( Col) «medias» to run* * *
ir ( conjugate ir) verbo intransitivo
1
iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot;
ir por mar to go by sea;
¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right there!;
el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests;
vamos a casa let's go home;
¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?;
ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting;
ya vamos para allá we're on our way;
¿por dónde se va a …? how do you get to …?;
ir por or (Esp) a por algo/algn to go to get sth/sb;
voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread
ya va al colegio she's already at school
2 ( expresando propósito) ir a + inf:◊ ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?;
ve a ayudarla go and help her;
ver tb ir v aux 1
3 (al arrojar algo, arrojarse):◊ tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here you are o there you go!;
tírate del trampolín — ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
4 [ comentario]:
eso va por ti también that goes for you too, and the same goes for you
1 (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento):
¿van cómodos? are you comfortable?;
íbamos sentados we were sitting down;
vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry;
yo iba a la cabeza I was in the lead
2 ( refiriéndose al atuendo):
voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula;
iba de verde she was dressed in green
3 ( en calidad de) ir de algo to go (along) as sth;
1 [camino/sendero] ( llevar) ir a algo to lead to sth, to go to sth
2 (extenderse, abarcar):
el período que va desde … hasta … the period from … to …
1 (marchar, desarrollarse):◊ ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?;
va de mal en peor it's going from bad to worse;
¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq);
¿cómo les fue en Italia? how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?;
me fue mal/bien en el examen I did badly/well in the exam;
¡que te vaya bien! all the best!, take care!;
¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam
2 ( en competiciones):◊ ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1;
voy ganando yo I'm ahead, I'm winning
3 ( en el desarrollo de algo):◊ ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?;
¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
4 ( estar en camino):◊ ¡vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!;
va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty;
ya va para dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
5 (sumar, hacer):
con este van seis six, counting this one
6 ( haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
1 ( deber colocarse) to go;◊ ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?;
¡qué va! (fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! have you finished? — you must be joking!;
¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! did she get upset? — not at all!;
vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! we're going to miss the plane — no way!
2a) ( combinar) ir con algo to go with sthb) (sentar bien, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):
te irá bien un descanso a rest will do you good
3 (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle a algo/algn to support sth/sb;
1◊ vamosa) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio):◊ ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa):◊ vamos, mujer, dile algo go on, say something to him;
¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!c) (al aclarar, resumir):◊ eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway;
vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy;
es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
2◊ vayaa) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad):◊ ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?;
¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar):◊ ¡vaya cochazo! what a car!
ir v aux ir a + inf:
1a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf;
va a hacer dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …b) (en propuestas, sugerencias):◊ vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?;
bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
2 (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones):
cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall (colloq);
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella, in case it rains
3 ( expresando un proceso paulatino):
ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea;
la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse verbo pronominal
1 ( marcharse) to leave;◊ ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?;
vámonos let's go;
bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off;
no te vayas don't go;
vete a la cama go to bed;
se fue de casa/de la empresa she left home/the company;
vete de aquí get out of here;
se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
2 (consumirse, gastarse):◊ ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!;
se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
3 ( desaparecer) [mancha/dolor] to go;
(+ me/te/le etc)◊ ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?
4 (salirse, escaparse) [líquido/gas] to escape;◊ se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down
5 (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):◊ irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back;
me iba para atrás I was falling backwards;
frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
ir
I verbo intransitivo
1 (dirigirse a un lugar) to go: ¡vamos!, let's go!
voy a París, I'm going to Paris ➣ Ver nota en go
2 (acudir regularmente) to go: va al colegio, he goes to school
van a misa, they go to church
3 (conducir a) to lead, go to: el sendero va a la mina, the path goes to the mine
esta carretera va a Londres, this road leads to London
4 (abarcar) to cover: la finca va desde la alambrada al camino, the estate extends from the wire fence to the path
las lecciones que van desde la página 1 a la 53, the lessons on pages 1 to 53
5 (guardarse habitualmente) va al lado de éste, it goes beside this one
6 (mantener una posición) to be: va el primero, he's in first place
7 (tener un estado de ánimo, una apariencia) to be: iba furioso/radiante, he was furious/radiant
vas muy guapa, you look very smart o pretty
8 (desenvolverse) ¿cómo te va?, how are things? o how are you doing?
¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo?, how are you getting on in your new job?
9 (funcionar) to work (properly): el reloj no va, the clock doesn't go o work
10 (sentar bien) to suit: ese corte de pelo no te va nada, that haircut doesn't suit you at all
11 (combinar) to match, go: el rojo no va con el celeste, red doesn't go with pale blue
12 (vestir) to wear
ir con abrigo, to wear a coat
ir de negro/de uniforme, to be dressed in black/in uniform
la niña irá de enfermera, the little girl will dress up as a nurse
13 fam (importar, concernir) to concern: eso va por ti también, and the same goes for you
ni me va ni me viene, I don't care one way or the other
14 (apostar) to bet: va un café a que no viene, I bet a coffee that he won't come
15 (ir + de) fam (comportarse de cierto modo) to act
ir de listo por la vida, to be a smart ass
(tratar) to be about: ¿de qué va la película?, what's the film about?
16 (ir + detrás de) to be looking for: hace tiempo que voy detrás de un facsímil de esa edición, I've been after a facsimile of that edition for a long time
17 (ir + por) ir por la derecha, to keep (to the) right
(ir a buscar) ve por agua, go and fetch some water
(haber llegado) voy por la página noventa, I've got as far as page ninety
18 (ir + para) (tener casi, estar cercano a) va para los cuarenta, she's getting on for forty
ya voy para viejo, I'm getting old
(encaminarse a) iba para ingeniero, she was studying to be an engineer
este niño va para médico, this boy's going to become a doctor
II verbo auxiliar
1 (ir + gerundio) va mejorando, he's improving
ir caminando, to go on foot
2 (ir + pp) ya van estrenadas tres películas de Almodóvar, three films by Almodovar have already been released
3 ( ir a + infinitivo) iba a decir que, I was going to say that
va a esquiar, she goes skiing
va a nevar, it's going to snow
vas a caerte, you'll fall
♦ Locuciones: a eso iba, I was coming to that
¡ahí va!, catch!
en lo que va de año, so far this year
¡qué va!, of course not! o nothing of the sort!
¡vamos a ver!, let's see!
van a lo suyo, they look after their own interests
¡vaya!, fancy that
¡vaya cochazo!, what a car!
ir a parar, to end up
'ir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acudir
- andurriales
- ánimo
- antojarse
- avión
- avivar
- bajar
- bordear
- brazo
- busca
- caer
- calcular
- camino
- caza
- cien
- cine
- coche
- compra
- comprensible
- convenir
- correr
- corriente
- danzar
- deformación
- deriva
- descaminada
- descaminado
- descender
- desgracia
- deteriorarse
- disposición
- empecinada
- empecinado
- encaminada
- encaminado
- entrar
- excursión
- flojear
- funesta
- funesto
- gaita
- gatas
- grano
- gratis
- gustar
- haber
- huevo
- idea
- ilusión
English:
afford
- after
- ahead
- appealing
- back
- back up
- be
- beeline
- bluster
- bristle
- camping
- canter
- career
- catch
- charge off
- chase
- check off
- clean up after
- cling
- coast
- collapse
- come
- come to
- commute
- consider
- court
- cross
- cross-country
- crowd
- cycle
- cycling
- defensive
- delay
- dentist
- deserve
- detest
- die off
- dismiss
- do
- down
- downhill
- drag
- drift
- ease off
- ease up
- either
- even
- excursion
- exercise
- face
* * *ir♦ vi1. [desplazarse, dirigirse, acudir] to go;fuimos a caballo we went on horseback, we rode there;iremos andando we'll go on foot, we'll walk there;ir en autobús to go by bus, to take the bus;ir en automóvil to go by car, to drive;ir en taxi to go by taxi, to catch o take a taxi;ir en barco to go by boat;ir en avión to go by plane, to fly;ir por carretera/mar to go by road/sea;ir a casa/a la iglesia/al cine to go home/to church/to the cinema;ir a la escuela/al trabajo to go to school/work;los niños no tienen que ir a clase hoy children don't have to go to school today;me voy a clase, nos veremos luego I'm going to my lecture, see you later;ir de compras/de pesca to go shopping/fishing;ir hacia el sur/norte to go south/north;¿adónde va este autocar? where's this coach going?;este tren va a o [m5] para Guadalajara this train is going to Guadalajara, this is the Guadalajara train;todas las mañanas voy de la estación a o [m5] hasta la fábrica every morning I go from the station to the factory;¿para dónde vas? where are you heading (for)?;ahora mismo voy para allá I'm on my way there right now;¿por dónde o [m5] cómo se va a la playa? how do you get to the beach from here?, could you tell me the way to the beach?;no vayas por ahí que hay mucho barro don't go that way, it's muddy;¿eres alumno oficial? – no, sólo voy de oyente are you an official student? – no, I'm just sitting in on classes;fue a la zona como emisario de la ONU he travelled to the area on behalf of the UN;ahí va el informe que me pediste here's the report you asked for;¡allá voy! [al lanzarse uno mismo] here goes!, here we go!;Anticuado¿quién va? who goes there?;¡Sergio, te llaman por teléfono! – ¡voy! Sergio, there's a phone call for you! – (I'm) coming!;¡ya voy!, ¡ya va! [cuando llaman a la puerta] (I'm) coming!;ir a alguien con algo [contar] to go to sb with sth;todos le van con sus problemas everyone goes to her with their problems;el autocar se salió de la calzada y fue a dar o [m5] a parar a un lago the coach came off the road and ended up in a lake;estuvimos de paseo y fuimos a dar a una bonita plaza we were out walking when we came across a beautiful square;Fam Fig¿dónde vas con tantos aperitivos? luego no podremos con la comida steady on with the snacks or we won't be able to manage our dinner!;Fam Figles habrá costado unas 100.000 – ¡dónde vas! mucho menos, hombre it must have cost them about 100,000 – what are you talking about, it was much less!;(allá) donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do2. [conducir] [camino, calle, carretera] to lead, to go;esta es la calle que va al museo this is the road (that leads o goes) to the museum;esta calle va a dar al puerto this road leads to the harbour;el camino va desde el pueblo hasta la cima de la montaña the path leads o goes from the village to the top of the mountain3. [abarcar]la zona de fumadores va del asiento 24 al 28 the smoking area is between seats 24 and 28;el examen de arte va desde el Barroco hasta el Romanticismo the art exam will cover the Baroque period to the Romantic period;la mancha iba de un lado a otro del techo the stain stretched from one side of the ceiling to the other;las películas seleccionadas van desde la comedia urbana hasta el clásico western the films that have been selected range from urban comedies to classic westernsfui (a) por él al aeropuerto I went to meet him at the airport, I went to pick him up from the airport;ha ido (a) por leche a la tienda she's gone to the shop to get o for some milk;el perro fue a por él the dog went for him;tendrás que esconderte porque van a por ti you'll have to hide because they're (coming) after you;a eso voy/iba [al relatar] I am/was just getting to that5. [expresa estado, situación, posición]fue muy callada todo el camino she was very quiet throughout the journey;con esta bufanda irás calentito this scarf will keep you warm;el precio va impreso en la contraportada the price is printed on the back cover;la manivela va floja the crank is loose;iba tiritando de frío she was shivering with cold;ir a lo suyo to look out for oneself, to look after number one;iba en el tren pensando en sus cosas she was travelling on the train lost in thought;los niños iban armando jaleo en el asiento de atrás the children were kicking up a row in the back seat;ve con cuidado, es un barrio peligroso be careful, it's a dangerous area;tu caballo va tercero/en cabeza your horse is third/in the leadvoy con el Real Madrid I support Real Madrid;ir contra algo, ir en contra de algo to be opposed to sth, to be against sth;ir en contra de la violencia to be opposed to violence, to be against violence;esta ley va contra la Constitución this act goes against o contravenes the Constitution;ir en beneficio de alguien to be to sb's benefit, to be in sb's interest;ir en perjuicio de alguien to be detrimental to o against sb's interests7. [vestir]ir con/en to wear;iba en camisa y corbata he was wearing a shirt and tie;ir de azul to be dressed in blue;ir de uniforme to be in uniform;iré (disfrazado) de Superman a la fiesta I'm going to the party (dressed up) as Superman;iba hecho un pordiosero he looked like a beggar8. [marchar, evolucionar] to go;le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job;el niño va muy bien en la escuela the child's doing very well at school;¿cómo va el negocio? how's business?;su negocio va mal, el negocio le va mal his business is going badly;¿cómo te va? how are you doing?;¿cómo te va en la universidad? how's university?, how are you getting on at university?;¿cómo van? [en partido] what's the score?;[en carrera, juego] who's winning?;vamos perdiendo we're losing;¿qué tal te va con tus nuevos alumnos? how are you getting on with your new pupils?;¿qué tal va esa paella? how's that paella coming along?;¡hasta pronto! ¡que te vaya bien! see you later, take care!;¡que te vaya muy bien con el nuevo empleo! I hope things go well for you in your new job!, the best of luck with your new job!9. [cambiar, encaminarse]ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse;el partido fue a más en la segunda parte the game improved o got better in the second half;como sigamos así, vamos a la ruina if we carry on like this we'll be heading for disaster;voy para viejo I'm getting old;esta chica va para cantante this girl has all the makings of a singer;va para un mes que no llueve it's getting on for o almost a month now since it last rainedvamos por la mitad de la asignatura we've covered about half the subject;¿por qué parte de la novela vas? which bit in the novel are you at?;aún voy por el primer capítulo I'm still on the first chapter11. [expresa cantidades, diferencias]con éste van cinco ministros destituidos por el escándalo that makes five ministers who have now lost their job as a result of the scandal;ya van dos veces que me tuerzo el tobillo that's the second time I've twisted my ankle;van varios días que no lo veo it's several days since I (last) saw him;en lo que va del o Esp [m5] de mes he ido tres veces al médico so far this month I've been to the doctor three times, I've already been to the doctor three times this month;de dos a cinco van tres the difference between two and five is three;va mucho de un apartamento a una casa there's a big difference between Br a flat o US an apartment and a house12. [corresponder] to go;estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers;¿con qué clase de tornillos va esta tuerca? what sort of screw does this nut take?13. [colocarse] to go, to belong;esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there;¿en qué cajón van los calcetines? which drawer do the socks go in?14. [escribirse]“Edimburgo” va con “m” “Edimburgo” is written o spelt with an “m”;toda la oración va entre paréntesis the whole sentence goes in brackets;el “solo” adjetivo no va con acento “solo” doesn't have an accent when used as an adjective¡qué bien te van los abrigos largos! long coats really suit you!;ir con algo to go with sth;esta camisa no va con esa falda this shirt doesn't go with this skirtesa infusión me ha ido muy bien that herbal tea did me a lot of good17. [funcionar] to work;la televisión no va the television isn't working;estas impresoras antiguas van muy lentas these old printers are very slow18. [depender]en aquel negocio le iba su futuro como director de la empresa his future as manager of the company depended on that deal;todos corrieron como si les fuera la vida en ello everyone ran as if their life depended on it;esto de la ropa va en gustos clothes are a matter of taste;CSur¿es fácil aprobar? – va en el profesor is it easy to pass? – it depends on the teachery eso va por ti también and that goes for you too;hizo como si no fuera con él he acted as if he didn't realize she was referring to him;lo que digo va por todos what I'm saying applies to o goes for all of you;va o [m5]voy en serio, no me gustan estas bromas I'm serious, I don't like this sort of jokea mí lo que me va es la cocina I'm really into cooking;ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other¿de qué va “1984”? what's “1984” about?Esp Esp¿de qué vas?, RP [m5]¿de qué la vas? just who do you think you are?y de repente va y se echa a reír and suddenly she just goes and bursts out laughing;Famfue y se marchó sin mediar palabra she upped and went without a word;Fam¡ahí va! ¡qué paisaje tan bonito! wow, what beautiful scenery!;Fam¡ahí va! me he dejado el paraguas en casa oh no, I've left my umbrella at home!;¡qué va! [por supuesto que no] not in the least!, not at all!;[me temo que no] I'm afraid not; [no digas tonterías] don't be ridiculous!;¡no va más! [en el casino] no more bets!;Espser el no va más to be the ultimate;este gimnasio es el no va más this gym is the ultimate;RP Famdesde el vamos [desde el principio] from the word go;me cayó mal desde el vamos I didn't like him from the word go;Fam¡dónde va a parar! there's no comparison!;sin ir más lejos: tu madre, sin ir más lejos we need look no further than your mother;sin ir más lejos, nos vimos ayer we saw each other only yesterday♦ v auxva anocheciendo it's getting dark;me voy haciendo viejo I'm getting old;voy mejorando mi estilo I'm gradually improving my style;fui metiendo las cajas en el almacén I began putting the crates in the warehouse;iremos aprendiendo de nuestros errores we'll learn from our mistakes;ve deshaciendo las maletas mientras preparo la cena you can be unpacking the suitcases while I get dinner;vete haciéndote a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea;como iba diciendo… as I was saying…2. [con a + infinitivo] [expresa acción próxima, intención, situación futura]ir a hacer algo to be going to do sth;voy a hacerle una visita [ahora mismo] I'm about to go and visit him;[en un futuro próximo] I'm going to visit him;iré a echarte una mano en cuanto pueda I'll come along and give you a hand as soon as I can;¡vamos a comer, tengo hambre! let's have lunch, I'm hungry!;el tren con destino a Buenos Aires va a efectuar su salida en el andén 3 the train for Buenos Aires is about to depart from platform 3;van a dar las dos it is nearly two o'clock;va a hacer una semana que se fue it's coming up to o nearly a week since she left;voy a decírselo a tu padre I'm going to tell your father;¿no irás a salir así a la calle? surely you're not going to go out like that?;he ido a comprar pero ya habían cerrado I had intended to go shopping, but they were shut;te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you;vas a hacerte daño como no tengas cuidado you'll hurt yourself if you're not careful;todo va a arreglarse, ya verás it'll all sort itself out, you'll see;¿qué van a pensar los vecinos? what will the neighbours think?;no le quise decir nada, no fuera a enfadarse conmigo I didn't want to say anything in case she got angry with me3. [con a + infinitivo] [en exclamaciones que expresan consecuencia lógica, negación]¿qué voy a pensar si llevas tres días fuera de casa? what do you expect me to think if you don't come home for three days?;¿la del sombrero es tu hermana? – ¿quién va a ser? ¡pues claro! is the woman with the hat your sister? – of course she is, who else could she be?;y ¿dónde fuiste? – ¿dónde iba a ir? ¡a la policía! and where did you go? – where do you think? to the police, of course!;¡cómo voy a concentrarme con tanto ruido! how am I supposed to concentrate with all that noise?;¡cómo voy a pagarte si estoy sin dinero! how do you expect me to pay you if I haven't got any money?;¡cómo no me voy a reír con las cosas que dices! how can I fail to laugh o how can you expect me not to laugh when you say things like that!;¿te ha gustado? – ¡qué me va a gustar! did you like it? – like it? you must be joking!♦ vtMéxirle a to support;le va al Nexaca he supports Nexaca* * *ir<part ido>I v/i1 go (a to);ir a pie walk, go on foot;ir en avión fly;ir en coche/en tren go by car/train;ir a por algo go and fetch sth;¡ya voy! I’m coming!;¿quién va? who goes there?2 ( vestir):iba de amarillo/de uniforme she was wearing yellow/a uniform3:van dos a dos DEP the score is two all4 ( tratar):¿de qué va la película? what’s the movie about?;el libro va de vampiros the book’s about vampires5 ( agradar):el clima no me va the climate doesn’t suit me, I don’t like the climate;ella no me va she’s not my kind of person;no me va ni me viene I’m not bothered, I don’t care one way or the other6 ( marchar, evolucionar) go;ir bien/mal go well/badly7 ( abarcar):va de la página 12 a la 16 it goes from page 12 to page 168:¡qué va! you must be joking!;¡vamos! come on!;¡vaya! well!;¿ha dicho eso? – ¡vamos! he said that? – no way!;¡vaya una sorpresa! irón what a surprise!;a eso voy I’m just getting to that;eso va por ti también that goes for you tooII v/aux:va a llover it’s going to rain;va para abogado he’s going to be a lawyer:ya voy comprendiendo I’m beginning to understand;ir para viejo be getting old;ya va anocheciendo it’s getting dark:ya va para dos años it’s been almost two years now;van tirados 3.000 3,000 have been printed* * *ir {43} vi1) : to goir a pie: to go on foot, to walkir a caballo: to ride horsebackir a casa: to go home2) : to lead, to extend, to stretchel camino va de Cali a Bogotá: the road goes from Cali to Bogotá3) funcionar: to work, to functionesta computadora ya no va: this computer doesn't work anymore4) : to get on, to get along¿cómo te va?: how are you?, how's it going?el negocio no va bien: the business isn't doing well5) : to suitese vestido te va bien: that dress really suits you6)ir con : to beir con prisa: to be in a hurry7)ir por : to follow, to go alongfueron por la costa: they followed the shoreline8)dejarse ir : to let oneself go9)ir a parar : to end upvamos a ver : let's seeir v auxir caminando: to walk¡voy corriendo!: I'll be right there!2)ir a : to be going tovoy a hacerlo: I'm going to do itel avión va a despegar: the plane is about to take off* * *ir vb¿adónde vas? where are you going?2. (marchar) to be / to get on / to go¿cómo te va? how are you? / how's it going? / how are things?¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo? how are you getting on in your new job?¿cómo te fue en el examen? how did your exam go? / how did you get on in your exam?3. (estar) to be4. (sentar bien) to suit5. (gustar) to like / to be into6. (convenir) to do7. (funcionar) to workir + gerundio¡vamos caminando! let's walk!ir con to go with / to match¿de qué va la película? what's the film about?ir tirando to get by / to managevamos tirando we get by / we're managing¡qué va! no way! / not at all!¡vamos a...! let's...!¡vamos a bailar! let's dance!¡vaya! well!¡ya voy! I'm coming! -
5 ब्रह्मन् _brahman
ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.]1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the mate- rial cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.);... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb.-2 A hymn of praise.-3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17.-4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15.-5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.-6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32.-7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4.-8 Religious penance or austerities.-9 Celi- bacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1.-1 Final eman- cipation or beatitude.-11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.-12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.-13 Wealth.-14 Food.-15 A Brāhmaṇa.-16 Truth.-17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26.-18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3.-19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31.-2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m.1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is en- trusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-- the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.]-2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4.-3 A devout man.-4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.-5 One conversant with sacred knowledge.-6 The sun.-7 Intellect.-8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis:-- मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ.-9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka.-1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18.-11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23.-1 Of Śiva.-Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om.-अङ्गभूः 1 a horse.-2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon).-अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda.-2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71.-अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.-अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī.-अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas.-अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow.-अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas.-अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.-अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study.-2 N. of a forest.-अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge.-2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit.-3 N. of a spell.-4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.-अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman.-आत्मभूः a horse.-आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31.-आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71.-आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5.-आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14.-आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation.-आहुतिः f.1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ.-2 the study of the Vedas.-उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.).-उत्तर a.1 treating principally of Brahman.-2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.-उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up.-उपदेशः instruc- tion in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree.-ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः orब्रह्माऋषिः) a Bra- hmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19).-ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice.-कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī.-करः a tax paid to the priestly class.-कर्मन् n.1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.-कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man).-कल्पः an age of Brahman.-काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.-काष्ठः the mulberry tree.-किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas.-कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa.-कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥.-कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.-कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9.-गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra.-गिरिः N. of a mountain.-गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata.-गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D.-गोलः the universe.-गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति).-ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body.-2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत.-ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n.,-राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāh- maṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also).-ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy.-घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.-घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses.-घोषः 1 recital of the Veda.-2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.).-घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.-चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up.-2 N. of a magical circle.-चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh.-2 religious study, self-restraint.-3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence.-चारिकम् the life of a religious student.-चारिन् a.1 studying the Vedas.-2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭha- śrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87.-2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate.-3 an epithet of Śiva.-4 of Skanda.-चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā.-2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity.-जः an epithet of Kārtikeya.-जन्मन् n.1 spirtual birth.-2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17.-जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up.-जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra.-जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.-ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P.-ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma.(-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.-2 of Viṣṇu.-ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7.-ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief.-ज्योतिस् n.1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.-तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda.-तालः (in music) a kind of measure.-तेजस् n.1 the glory of Brahman.-2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa.-दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232.-दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām.-2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa.-3 an epithet of Śiva.-4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24.-5 magic, spells, incanta- tion (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27.-दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा).-दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge.-2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233.-दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge.-2 sacred knowledge received as an in- heritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3.-3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa.-दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa.-2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa.-दारुः the mulberry tree.-दिनम् a day of Brahman.-दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch.-देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage.(-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19.-2 instruction in the sacred knowledge.-दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह.-द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4.-द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a.1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.).-2 hostile to religi- ous acts or devotion, impious, godless.-द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas.-धर a. possessing sacred knowledge.-नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.-2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39.-निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree.-नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman.-पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa.-2 the place of the Supreme Spirit.-पवित्रः the Kuśa grass.-परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas.-पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree.-पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge.-पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14.-पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75.-पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.-पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman.-2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal.(-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison.-2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7.-2 the body; Ch. Up.-पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven).-2 N. of Benares.-पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.-पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs).-प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up.-प्राप्तिः f. absorp- tion into the Supreme spirit.-बलम् the Brahmani- cal power.-बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāh- maṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2.-2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa.-बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda.-बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17.-2 the mulberry tree.-ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa.-भवनम् the abode of Brahman.-भागः 1 the mulberry tree.-2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br.-भावः absorp- tion into the Supreme Spirit-भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4.-भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many.-भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16.-भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14.-भूतिः f. twilight.-भूमिजा a kind of pepper.-भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98.-2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17.-भूयस n. absorption into Brahma.-मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.-महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas.-मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends.-मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit.-मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day.-मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman.-मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva.-मेखलः the Munja plant.-यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.)-योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge.-योनि a.1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f.1 original source in Brahman.-2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74.-रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa.-रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24.-राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17.-रवः muttering of prayers.-रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar.-रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8.-रात्रः early dawn.-रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः)-राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred know- ledge.-2 an epithet of Paraśurāma.-3 a particular constellation.-रीतिः f. a kind of brass.-रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man.-लोकः the world of Brahman.-लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक.-वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas.-वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma.-वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāh- maṇa.-वर्चस् n.,-वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94.-2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6.-वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39.-वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त.-वर्धनम् copper.-वाच् f. the sacred text.-वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1.-वादिन् m.1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1.-2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra.-वासः the abode of Brāhma- ṇas.-विद्, -विद a.1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher.-विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1.-विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु.-विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra.-विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh.-वीणा a particular Vīṇā.-वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree.-2 the Udumbara tree.-वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42.-वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.-वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas.-2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma.-3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद).-4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4.-वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्.-वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas-व्रतम् a vow of chastity.-शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ).-शाला 1 the hall of Brahman.-2 a place for reciting the Vedas.-शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas.-2 a command of Brahman.-3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa.-4 instruction about sacred duty.-शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649.-श्री N. of a Sāman.-संसद् f. an assembly of Brāh- maṇas.-संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred know- ledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1.-सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4.-2 medita- tion of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9.-3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit.-सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer.-सदस् n. the residence of Brahman.-सभा the hall or court of Brahman.-संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada.-सर्पः a kind of snake.-सवः distillation of Soma.-सायुज्यम् com- plete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय.-सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232.-सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21.-सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c.-2 a kind of Ketu.-सुवर्चला f.1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?).-2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159.-सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha.-2 N. of the god of love.-सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51.-2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4.-सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread.-सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva.-स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48.-स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116.-स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला);...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते... Rām.6.1.16.-स्थानः the mulberry tree.-स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property.-स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit.-हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāh- maṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72.-हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74.-हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella). -
6 Д-434
НА ДЫБЫ PrepP Invar1. стать, встать, подняться, поднять коня и т. п.adv(used in refer, to an animal, often a horse) (to rise up, go up, make a horse go up etc) on one's or its back legs, with the forelegs lifted up and the body in a vertical positionX встал на дыбы = X stood (up) on its hind legs(of a horse only) X reared (up)Y поднял коня \Д-434 » person Y reared his horse.Помню только: рейс наш сопровождался тем, что вдоль дороги все собаки вставали на дыбы (Олеша 4). Still I do remember one thing, but only that: all the dogs stood up on their hind legs as we roared past them (4a).2. стать, встать, подняться и т. п. -adv(of an object that is supposed to be positioned along a horizontal plane, as a wagon, car, or raft) (to end up etc) in a vertical position with one end at the bottom and the other at the topX встал на дыбы = X got upendedX ended up tipped straight up in the air X got tipped up on its end.3. Also: СТАНОВИТЬСЯ/СТАТЬ (ВСТАВАТЬ/ ВСТАТЬ и т. п.) НА ДЫБЫ ( subj-compl with copula or VPsubj: human, collect, or, rare, abstr) to protest sharplyX встал на дыбы = (of a person) X put up a fightX bristled X kicked up a fuss (of s.o. 's pride etc) X reared up.Значит, сбросили немцы листовки, где упоминали Гам-суна, одна такая листовка попалась Гале, и она показала её Нине: смотри, мол, каков твой Гамсун... Нина, конечно, на дыбы: не может этого быть... (Рыбаков 1). So, the Germans had dropped these leaflets, which mentioned Hamsun, Galya got hold of one of them and showed it to Nina, as if to say, look at this Hamsun of yours! Nina, of course, bristled, it couldn't be true (1a).Базаров побледнел при одной этой мысли вся его гордость так и поднялась на дыбы (Тургенев 2). Bazarov paled at the very thought, all his pride reared up within him (2c). -
7 вставать на дыбы
• НА ДЫБЫ[PrepP; Invar]=====1. стать, встать, подняться, поднять коня и т.п. [adv]⇒ (used in refer, to an animal, often a horse) (to rise up, go up, make a horse go up etc) on one's or its back legs, with the forelegs lifted up and the body in a vertical position:- [of a horse only] X reared (up);♦ Помню только: рейс наш сопровождался тем, что вдоль дороги все собаки вставали на дыбы (Олеша 4). Still I do remember one thing, but only that: all the dogs stood up on their hind legs as we roared past them (4a).2. стать, встать, подняться и т.п. вставать на дыбы [adv]⇒ (of an object that is supposed to be positioned along a horizontal plane, as a wagon, car, or raft) (to end up etc) in a vertical position with one end at the bottom and the other at the top:- X got tipped up on its end.3. Also: СТАНОВИТЬСЯ/СТАТЬ <ВСТАВАТЬ/ВСТАТЬ и т.п.> НА ДЫБЫ [subj-compl with copula or VP; subj: human, collect, or, rare, abstr]⇒ to protest sharply:- X bristled;- [of s.o.'s pride etc] X reared up.♦ Значит, соросили немцы листовки, где упоминали Гамсуна, одна такая листовка попалась Гале, и она показала её Нине: смотри, мол, каков твой Гамсун... Нина, конечно, на дыбы: не может этого быть... (Рыбаков 1). So, the Germans had dropped these leaflets, which mentioned Hamsun, Galya got hold of one of them and showed it to Nina, as if to say, look at this Hamsun of yours! Nina, of course, bristled, it couldn't be true (1a).♦ Базаров побледнел при одной этой мысли; вся его гордость так и поднялась на дыбы (Тургенев 2). Bazarov paled at the very thought; all his pride reared up within him (2c).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > вставать на дыбы
-
8 встать на дыбы
• НА ДЫБЫ[PrepP; Invar]=====1. стать, встать, подняться, поднять коня и т.п. [adv]⇒ (used in refer, to an animal, often a horse) (to rise up, go up, make a horse go up etc) on one's or its back legs, with the forelegs lifted up and the body in a vertical position:- [of a horse only] X reared (up);♦ Помню только: рейс наш сопровождался тем, что вдоль дороги все собаки вставали на дыбы (Олеша 4). Still I do remember one thing, but only that: all the dogs stood up on their hind legs as we roared past them (4a).2. стать, встать, подняться и т.п. встать на дыбы [adv]⇒ (of an object that is supposed to be positioned along a horizontal plane, as a wagon, car, or raft) (to end up etc) in a vertical position with one end at the bottom and the other at the top:- X got tipped up on its end.3. Also: СТАНОВИТЬСЯ/СТАТЬ <ВСТАВАТЬ/ВСТАТЬ и т.п.> НА ДЫБЫ [subj-compl with copula or VP; subj: human, collect, or, rare, abstr]⇒ to protest sharply:- X bristled;- [of s.o.'s pride etc] X reared up.♦ Значит, соросили немцы листовки, где упоминали Гамсуна, одна такая листовка попалась Гале, и она показала её Нине: смотри, мол, каков твой Гамсун... Нина, конечно, на дыбы: не может этого быть... (Рыбаков 1). So, the Germans had dropped these leaflets, which mentioned Hamsun, Galya got hold of one of them and showed it to Nina, as if to say, look at this Hamsun of yours! Nina, of course, bristled, it couldn't be true (1a).♦ Базаров побледнел при одной этой мысли; вся его гордость так и поднялась на дыбы (Тургенев 2). Bazarov paled at the very thought; all his pride reared up within him (2c).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > встать на дыбы
-
9 на дыбы
• НА ДЫБЫ[PrepP; Invar]=====1. стать, встать, подняться, поднять коня и т.п. [adv]⇒ (used in refer, to an animal, often a horse) (to rise up, go up, make a horse go up etc) on one's or its back legs, with the forelegs lifted up and the body in a vertical position:- [of a horse only] X reared (up);♦ Помню только: рейс наш сопровождался тем, что вдоль дороги все собаки вставали на дыбы (Олеша 4). Still I do remember one thing, but only that: all the dogs stood up on their hind legs as we roared past them (4a).2. стать, встать, подняться и т.п. на дыбы [adv]⇒ (of an object that is supposed to be positioned along a horizontal plane, as a wagon, car, or raft) (to end up etc) in a vertical position with one end at the bottom and the other at the top:- X got tipped up on its end.3. Also: СТАНОВИТЬСЯ/СТАТЬ <ВСТАВАТЬ/ВСТАТЬ и т.п.> НА ДЫБЫ [subj-compl with copula or VP; subj: human, collect, or, rare, abstr]⇒ to protest sharply:- X bristled;- [of s.o.'s pride etc] X reared up.♦ Значит, соросили немцы листовки, где упоминали Гамсуна, одна такая листовка попалась Гале, и она показала её Нине: смотри, мол, каков твой Гамсун... Нина, конечно, на дыбы: не может этого быть... (Рыбаков 1). So, the Germans had dropped these leaflets, which mentioned Hamsun, Galya got hold of one of them and showed it to Nina, as if to say, look at this Hamsun of yours! Nina, of course, bristled, it couldn't be true (1a).♦ Базаров побледнел при одной этой мысли; вся его гордость так и поднялась на дыбы (Тургенев 2). Bazarov paled at the very thought; all his pride reared up within him (2c).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > на дыбы
-
10 становиться на дыбы
• НА ДЫБЫ[PrepP; Invar]=====1. стать, встать, подняться, поднять коня и т.п. [adv]⇒ (used in refer, to an animal, often a horse) (to rise up, go up, make a horse go up etc) on one's or its back legs, with the forelegs lifted up and the body in a vertical position:- [of a horse only] X reared (up);♦ Помню только: рейс наш сопровождался тем, что вдоль дороги все собаки вставали на дыбы (Олеша 4). Still I do remember one thing, but only that: all the dogs stood up on their hind legs as we roared past them (4a).2. стать, встать, подняться и т.п. становиться на дыбы [adv]⇒ (of an object that is supposed to be positioned along a horizontal plane, as a wagon, car, or raft) (to end up etc) in a vertical position with one end at the bottom and the other at the top:- X got tipped up on its end.3. Also: СТАНОВИТЬСЯ/СТАТЬ <ВСТАВАТЬ/ВСТАТЬ и т.п.> НА ДЫБЫ [subj-compl with copula or VP; subj: human, collect, or, rare, abstr]⇒ to protest sharply:- X bristled;- [of s.o.'s pride etc] X reared up.♦ Значит, соросили немцы листовки, где упоминали Гамсуна, одна такая листовка попалась Гале, и она показала её Нине: смотри, мол, каков твой Гамсун... Нина, конечно, на дыбы: не может этого быть... (Рыбаков 1). So, the Germans had dropped these leaflets, which mentioned Hamsun, Galya got hold of one of them and showed it to Nina, as if to say, look at this Hamsun of yours! Nina, of course, bristled, it couldn't be true (1a).♦ Базаров побледнел при одной этой мысли; вся его гордость так и поднялась на дыбы (Тургенев 2). Bazarov paled at the very thought; all his pride reared up within him (2c).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > становиться на дыбы
-
11 стать на дыбы
• НА ДЫБЫ[PrepP; Invar]=====1. стать, встать, подняться, поднять коня и т.п. [adv]⇒ (used in refer, to an animal, often a horse) (to rise up, go up, make a horse go up etc) on one's or its back legs, with the forelegs lifted up and the body in a vertical position:- [of a horse only] X reared (up);♦ Помню только: рейс наш сопровождался тем, что вдоль дороги все собаки вставали на дыбы (Олеша 4). Still I do remember one thing, but only that: all the dogs stood up on their hind legs as we roared past them (4a).2. стать, встать, подняться и т.п. стать на дыбы [adv]⇒ (of an object that is supposed to be positioned along a horizontal plane, as a wagon, car, or raft) (to end up etc) in a vertical position with one end at the bottom and the other at the top:- X got tipped up on its end.3. Also: СТАНОВИТЬСЯ/СТАТЬ <ВСТАВАТЬ/ВСТАТЬ и т.п.> НА ДЫБЫ [subj-compl with copula or VP; subj: human, collect, or, rare, abstr]⇒ to protest sharply:- X bristled;- [of s.o.'s pride etc] X reared up.♦ Значит, соросили немцы листовки, где упоминали Гамсуна, одна такая листовка попалась Гале, и она показала её Нине: смотри, мол, каков твой Гамсун... Нина, конечно, на дыбы: не может этого быть... (Рыбаков 1). So, the Germans had dropped these leaflets, which mentioned Hamsun, Galya got hold of one of them and showed it to Nina, as if to say, look at this Hamsun of yours! Nina, of course, bristled, it couldn't be true (1a).♦ Базаров побледнел при одной этой мысли; вся его гордость так и поднялась на дыбы (Тургенев 2). Bazarov paled at the very thought; all his pride reared up within him (2c).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > стать на дыбы
-
12 na
praep. 1. (wskazuje na kontakt z powierzchnią) [znajdować się] on- na stole/kanapie/krześle on the table/sofa/chair- na ścianie/drzwiach on the wall/door- na Ziemi/Księżycu on the Earth/Moon- na niebie in the sky- na jeziorze/rzece on the lake/river- na morzu at sea- na zdjęciu/obrazie (jako temat) in a photo/picture- na środku czegoś in the middle a. centre of sth- na początku/końcu czegoś at the beginning/end of sth- rana na nodze a wound on a a. in the leg- mieć na sobie marynarkę/płaszcz to be wearing a jacket/coat- nosiła pierścionek na małym palcu, a na szyi korale she had a ring on her little finger and beads (a)round her neck- włóż płaszcz na sweter put your coat on over your sweater2. (wskazuje na pomieszczenie, miejsce) at, in- na stadionie at the stadium- na korytarzu in the corridor- na ulicy in the street, outside- na ulicy Klonowej in a. on Klonowa Street- na dworcu/przystanku autobusowym at the station/bus stop- na staromiejskim rynku in the Old Town marketplace- na wschodzie/południu in the East/South- na Bliskim Wschodzie in the Middle East- na Ukrainie/Węgrzech in (the) Ukraine/in Hungary- na Śląsku/Mazowszu in Silesia/Mazovia- na wyspie/Borneo on an island/in Borneo- na wsi in the country- na uniwersytecie at (the) university/in the university- na wykładzie/przedstawieniu at a lecture/performance- na górze/dole (wysokość) at the top/bottom; (w budynku) upstairs/downstairs3. (wskazuje na kierunek) [pójść, prowadzić] to- na plażę/bagna to the beach/marshes- na stację/salę operacyjną to the station/the operating theatre- na Łotwę/Pomorze to Latvia/Pomerania- na Sycylię/Krym to Sicily/the Crimea- wyprawa na Mount Everest an expedition to Mount Everest- wspinać się na Giewont to climb Giewont- robotnicy wylegli na ulice workers took to the streets- dostał się na uniwersytet/prawo he entered university a. was admitted to university/he entered the law department- poszła na zebranie/koncert she went to a meeting/concert- iść/skręcać na północ/wschód to go/turn north/east- okna wychodzą na południe/na ogród the windows face south/look onto the garden- na północ/wschód od czegoś to the north/east of sth- na górę/dół (wyżej/niżej) up/down; (w budynku) upstairs/downstairs- patrzeć na kogoś to look at sb- postawić wazon na stół a. na stole to put a vase on the table- ładować meble na ciężarówkę to load furniture onto a lorry- przenosić się z miejsca na miejsce to move from place to place4. (wskazuje na odcinek czasu) for- wyjechać na tydzień/dwa dni to go away for a week/two days- na krótko for a bit a. a short while- na zawsze forever, for ever- muszę was na chwilę zostawić I’ll have to leave you for a moment- ptaki odleciały na zimę the birds have flown off for the winter- na pół godziny przed odlotem samolotu half an hour before the plane’s departure5. (wskazuje na termin) przygotuję ten referat na środę I’ll prepare the paper for Wednesday- miałeś zrobić tłumaczenie na wczoraj you were supposed to finish the translation by yesterday- przesuńmy zebranie na jutro let’s postpone the meeting till tomorrow- masz przyjść na drugą/lunch you must come at two/for lunch- jestem z nim umówiony na siedemnastą/na piątego stycznia I’m seeing him at 5 p.m./on January the fifth6. (wskazuje na okazję) for- na tę okazję for the occasion- sukienka na specjalne okazje a dress for special occasions- zjeść coś na śniadanie/lunch to have a. eat sth for breakfast/lunch- kupić komuś prezent na urodziny to buy sb a present for his/her birthday- zaprosić kogoś na imieniny/wigilię to invite sb to one’s name day party/for Christmas Eve- pójść na wesele/pogrzeb to go to a wedding/funeral- pocałować/pomachać komuś na pożegnanie to kiss/wave sb goodbye7. (z nazwami środków lokomocji) na nartach/rowerze on skis/on a bike- policjanci na koniach policemen on horseback- jechać na rowerze to cycle, to ride a bike- latać na lotni to go hang-gliding- jeździć na łyżwach/wrotkach to skate a. go skating/to (roller) skate a. go (roller) skating- chodzić/stać na rękach to walk/stand on one’s hands- skakać na jednej nodze to hop on one foot- zjechał na nartach ze zbocza he skied down the slope- dziecko poruszało się na pupie po całym pokoju the baby shuffled around the room on his/her bottom8. (wskazujące na podporę) on- stolik na kółkach a table on a. with wheels- pantofle na wysokim obcasie highheeled shoes- pantofle na płaskim obcasie low-heeled shoes, flats US- fotel/konik na biegunach a rocking chair/horse- spodnie na szelkach/pasku trousers with braces/with a belt- prowadzić psa na smyczy to lead a dog on a leash- leżeć na brzuchu/plecach to lie on one’s stomach/back- oprzeć się na łokciu/na lasce to lean on one’s elbow/a cane9. (z nazwami narzędzi, urządzeń, instrumentów) on- na komputerze/kalkulatorze on a computer/calculator- pisać na maszynie to type, to write on a typewriter- uszyć sukienkę na maszynie to machine(-sew) a dress- grać na skrzypcach/fortepianie to play (on) the violin/piano- zagrać jakąś melodię na skrzypcach/fortepianie to play a tune on the violin/piano- robić na drutach to knit10. (wskazuje na sposób) pranie na sucho dry-cleaning- jajka na twardo/miękko hard-boiled/soft-boiled eggs- usmażyć coś na maśle/oleju to fry sth in butter/oil- ten rosół jest na wołowinie, nie na kurczaku this is beef broth, not chicken broth- nalewka na wiśniach cherry brandy- sprzedawać coś na sztuki/tuziny to sell sth by the piece/dozen- kupić coś na raty to pay for sth by a. in instalments- pomalować coś na niebiesko/zielono to paint sth blue/green- ubierać się na biało/czarno to dress in white/black- „podawać na zimno/gorąco” ‘serve cold/hot’- (ona) uczy się na piątki she always gets top marks11. (wskazuje na przeznaczenie) for- mięso na befsztyki/zupę meat for steak/soup- butelka na mleko a milk bottle- materiał na sukienkę dress material- stojak na buty a shoe rack- syrop na kaszel cough syrup- koncert na skrzypce i fortepian a concerto for violin and piano- dom na sprzedaż a house for sale- sztućce/stół na cztery osoby cutlery/a table for four (people)- brała krople na serce she took drops for her heart- nie mam już miejsca na książki I don’t have any more room for books- na dokończenie tego mieliśmy tylko dwie godziny we only had two hours to finish it- nie trać czasu na głupstwa don’t waste time on trifles- brakuje pieniędzy na zasiłki there’s a shortage of money for benefits12. (wskazuje na cel) for- zabrali go do szpitala na operację they took him to hospital for an operation- poszedł na egzamin he went to take a. went off for his exam- idę do znajomych na brydża I’m going to my friends to play (some) bridge a. for a game of bridge- umówmy się na piwo let’s meet for a beer- muszę pójść na zakupy I have to do some a. go shopping- na co chcesz pójść (do kina)? what (film) would you like to see?- wybrać się na grzyby/ryby to go mushroom picking/fishing- skoczył do wody jemu/jej na ratunek he jumped into the water to save him/her13. (wskazuje na skutek) to, into- podarł spodnie na strzępy he tore his trousers to shreds- wazon rozbił się na kawałki the vase smashed to pieces- porąbał drewno na kawałki he chopped the wood into pieces- pokrój mięso na plastry/kawałki cut the meat into slices/chunks- gips strwardniał na kamień the plaster set as hard as rock- przerobiła sukienkę na spódnicę she turned the dress into a skirt- przebudowali piwnicę na sklep they converted the cellar into a shop- rodzice wychowali go na uczciwego człowieka his parents brought him up to be an honest man14. (wskazuje na przyczynę) at- na czyjąś prośbę/zaproszenie at sb’s request/invitation- na czyjś rozkaz at sb’s order- na widok kogoś/czegoś at the sight of sb/sth- na dźwięk dzwonka wyskoczył z wanny at the sound of the bell he jumped out of the bath- na myśl o tym zrobiło mu się słabo he felt faint at the (very) thought of it- śledztwo rozpoczęto na wniosek poszkodowanego the investigation was opened at the request of the injured party- na nasz apel zgłosiło się wielu ochotników many volunteers responded to our appeal- oskarżeni utrzymują, że strzelali na rozkaz the accused claim that they were ordered to shoot- chorować na grypę to be ill with flu- przystanek na żądanie a request stop GB, a flagstop US15. (w pomiarach, obliczeniach) 100 kilometrów na godzinę a hundred kilometres per a. an hour- dwa razy na tydzień/rok twice a week/year- jeden student na dziesięciu one student in ten a. out of ten- na jedno miejsce było sześciu kandydatów there were six candidates per place- bieg na 100 metrów the 100 metres sprint- głęboki/długi na sześć metrów six metres deep/long- drzwi były otwarte na całą szerokość the door was wide open- podszedłem do niego na odległość kilku kroków I came to within several steps of him- poziom wody podniósł się na wysokość pierwszego piętra the level of the water rose up to the first floor- jak na swoje lata, jest w doskonałej formie he’s in excellent form for his years- jak na emeryta, ma spore dochody for a pensioner he has quite a large income- pomidory, jak na krajowe, są znakomite for Polish tomatoes they’re delicious- suma, jak na owe czasy, ogromna a huge sum for a. in those days a. times- na ówczesne warunki (for) the way things were at the time; for the conditions prevailing at that time książk.- na co? what for?- na co ci ołówek? what do you need a pencil for?- i na co wam to było? what did you have to do that for?* * *prep(+acc) ( kierunek) tona plażę/wieś — to the beach/country
na Węgry/Kubę — to Hungary/Cuba
wchodzić (wejść perf) na drzewo — to climb a tree
na zachód/północ — west/north, westward(s)/northward(s)
wpadać (wpaść perf) na kogoś — to bump into sb ( okres)
na 5 minut przed na — +loc five minutes before... ( termin)
na czwartą — ( zrobić coś) by four (o'clock); ( przyjść) at four (o'clock) ( okazja)
na sztuki/tuziny — by the piece/the dozen
na raty — on hire purchase (BRIT) lub installments (US)
na czyjąś prośbę/zaproszenie — at sb's request/invitation
na czyjś sygnał/życzenie — on sb's signal/wish
chory na grypę — ill lub sick (US) with flu ( miara)
dwa razy na tydzień — twice a lub per week
jeden na dziesięć — one in ten, one out of ten
malować (pomalować perf) coś na biało — to paint sth white ( przeznaczenie)
kosz na śmieci — dustbin (BRIT), garbage can (US)
jechać na wakacje/wycieczkę — to go on holiday/a trip
iść na wykład/koncert — to go to a lecture/concert ( z przysłówkami)
* * *naprep.+ Loc.1. ( miejsce) on, at, in ( często nie tłumaczony jako przyimek); na stole on the table; na ścianie on the wall; na górze/na dole up/down; at the top/bottom ( czegoś of sth); (= na piętrze/na parterze) upstairs/downstairs; na ulicy on the street; Br. in the street; na Siódmej Ulicy on Seventh Street; Br. in Seventh Street; na Pennsylvania Avenue pod numerem 10 Br. at 10 Pennsylvania Avenue; na Alasce/Litwie in Alaska/Lithuania; na deszczu (out) in the rain; na dworze (= na zewnątrz) outside, outdoors; na koniu on a horse, on horseback; na korytarzu in the corridor; na palcu/głowie on one's finger/head; mieć mnóstwo spraw na głowie przen. have a lot on one's mind l. shoulders; na początku/końcu czegoś at the beginning/end of sth; na polu in the field; na uniwersytecie/poczcie at the university/post office; na zachodzie in the west.3. (= podczas) at, during, on; na zebraniu/koncercie at a meeting/concert; na wakacjach on vacation; Br. on holiday; na wycieczce on a trip l. excursion; spędzać czas na czytaniu spend one's time reading.4. ( środek lokomocji) on; jechać na koniu ride (on) a horse; jeździć na nartach ski, go skiing; jeździć na rowerze ride (on) a bicycle, ride a bike.5. ( ruch lub pozycja ciała) on; chodzić na rękach walk on one's hands; leżeć na boku lie on one's side; na nogach (t. przen. = w dobrej kondycji) on one's feet.6. ( instrument) on; grać na skrzypcach/fortepianie play the violin/piano; grać melodię na fortepianie play a tune on the piano.8. ( precyzowanie znaczenia rzeczownika) buty na wysokich obcasach high-heeled shoes; ciasto na drożdżach yeast dough; nalewka na wiśniach cherry liqueur; koń na biegunach rocking horse.9. (po czasownikach l. przymiotnikach) oszczędzać na czymś economize on sth; wprawiać się na czymś cut one's teeth on sth; wychowany na czymś brought up l. raised on sth.prep.+ Acc.1. (kierunek l. cel) to, toward(s), on, upon ( często nie tłumaczony jako przyimek); na Alaskę/Litwę to Alaska/Lithuania; na stolicę (o celu marszu, operacji wojskowej) toward l. on the capital; na górę/na dół up/down; ( po schodach) upstairs/downstairs; na pocztę/dworzec kolejowy to the post office/railroad station; na ulicę (out) into the street; na zachód west, westward(s); wyjść na ulicę (euf. = zacząć uprawiać prostytucję) go on the streets.2. (po czasownikach l. przymiotnikach) chory na głowę (pot. = szalony) sick in the head, brainsick; chorować l. cierpieć na coś suffer from sth; cieszyć się na coś look forward to sth; krzyczeć na kogoś shout at sb; patrzeć na kogoś/coś look at sb/sth; zanosi się na deszcz it's going to rain; zły na kogoś/coś angry at/with sb/sth.5. (termin, wyznaczony czas) (dokładnie) na czas (right) on time; obiad będzie na piątą dinner will be (ready) at five; umówić się na środę agree to meet on Wednesday, schedule an appointment for Wednesday; wracam na Wielkanoc I'll be back l. returning for Easter; zrobię to na jutro I'll do it for tomorrow.7. ( przeznaczenie) kosz na śmieci waste-paper basket; materiał na sukienkę dress material; koncert na fortepian muz. piano concerto; skrzynka na listy mailbox; Br. letter-box.8. ( sposób) with, by; walczyć na miecze fight with swords; kupować na raty buy on installments; kupować/sprzedawać na sztuki buy/sell by the piece.9. ( miara) 100 kilometrów na godzinę a hundred kilometers an hour/per hour; szeroki na dwa metry two meters wide; raz na rok once a year.10. (przyczyna, bodziec) on, upon, at, to; co ty na to? what do you say?, what would you say to that?; na żądanie on demand; na czyjąś prośbę/czyjś rozkaz on l. at sb's request/order; na widok kogoś/czegoś at the sight of sb/sth; na wieść o wypadku upon the news of the accident; odpowiedzieć na pytanie answer a question.11. ( podział) into, in; drzeć coś na kawałki tear sth into l. to pieces; dzielenie włosa na czworo przen. hair-splitting; dzielić/łamać/składać coś na pół divide/break/fold sth in half.14. ( cel) to, for, into; być przyjętym na (Uniwersytet) Yale be accepted at l. by Yale (University); dostać się na wydział chemii get into the chemistry department; iść na przyjęcie/zebranie go to a party/meeting; iść na ryby go fishing; iść na spacer go for a walk; jechać na wycieczkę go on an excursion; wyskoczyć na miasto go out, go into town.15. ( w utarych zwrotach) na dobitkę to crown it all, to top it (all) off, on top of all that; na domiar złego to make matters worse; na przykład for example, for instance; jak na złość ironically; na zakończenie finally; na złamanie karku at breakneck speed l. pace, helter-skelter.16. ( w równoważnikach zdań) na pomoc! help!; na koń! mount up!; na zdrowie! ( toast) cheers!; ( odpowiedź na kichnięcie) bless you!prep.z przysłówkami, przymiotnikami i wyrazami nieodmiennymi3. ( sposób) na czczo on an empty stomach; na leżąco lying (down), reclining, prone; jajko na twardo hard-boiled egg; na wznak on the back.4. ( relacje przestrzenne) na zewnątrz (czegoś) outside (sth); na wprost (straight) on l. ahead; (= naprzeciw) opposite; na zachód/lewo ( o położeniu) to the west/left ( od czegoś of sth).5. ( w utartych zwrotach) wszystko na nic/na próżno (it's) all for nothing/in vain.The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > na
-
13 अमृत _amṛta
अमृत a.1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak.-2 Im- mortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27.-3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal.-4 Causing immortality.-5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17.-तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44.-2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva.-3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी)-4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद).-ता 1 Spirituous liquor.-2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी.-3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2.-5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58.-तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk.-2 The collective body of immortals.-3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity.-4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification.-5 The Soma juice.-6 Antidote against poison.-7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285.-8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5.-9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals.-1 A drug.-11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17.-12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12.-13 Food in general.-14 Boiled rice.-15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3.-16 Pro- perty.-17 Gold.-18 Quicksilver.-19 Poison.-2 The poison called वत्सनाभ.-21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्).-22 N. of sacred place.-23 N. of particular conjunc- tions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग).-24 The number four.-25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm.-Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu.-अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11.-अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up.-अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43.-अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal.-अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover.-असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1.-आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu.-2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7.-आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium.-आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita.-इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि).-ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva.-उत्पन्ना a fly.(-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्).-2 Potassium permanganate-उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree.-ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni.-करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon.-कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar.-क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर).-गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables.-गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial.(-र्भः) 1 the indivi- dual soul.-2 the Supreme Soul.-3 child of immorta- lity (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1.-चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrifi- cial bricks conferring immortality.-ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myro- balan (Mar. हिरडा).-जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी).-तरङ्गिणी moonlight.-तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति.-द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar.-धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा)1 N. of a metre.-2 flow of nectar.-नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.).-नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad.-पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity.-2 N. of Viṣṇu.-3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense1 also).-पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk.-2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire.-3 fire itself.-फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत.(-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा)-2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P.-बन्धुः Ved.1 a god or deity in general.-2 a horse or the moon.-3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5.-बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar',:N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda.-भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal prepara- tion of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta.-भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T.-भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues.-भू a. free from birth and death.-मति = ˚गति q. v.-मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar.-2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1.-मालिनी N. of Durgā.-मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9.-योगः see under अमृत.-रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4.-2 the Supreme Spirit.(-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes.-2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा).-लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची).-वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words.-संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P.-सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7.(-रः) 1 clarified butter.-2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड).-सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar).-2 mother of the gods.-सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्.-2 a horse in general.-स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा).-स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45. -
14 bet
A n1 ( gamble) pari m ; to have a bet on a race/on a horse parier dans une course/sur un cheval ; to place ou put ou lay a bet on parier or faire un pari sur [horse, dog] ; miser sur [number, colour] ; to make a bet that faire le pari que ; to make a bet parier or faire un pari (with avec) ; to do sth for a bet faire qch à la suite d'un pari ; ‘place your bets!’ ( in roulette) ‘faites vos jeux!’ ; this make of car is supposed to be a good ou safe bet cette marque de voiture devrait être une valeur sûre ; your best bet is to take the motorway le mieux pour toi est de prendre l'autoroute ;2 ( guess) my bet is that moi je pense que ;B vtr ( p prés etc - tt- ; prét, pp bet ou betted) gen parier (on sur) ; ( in gambling) parier, miser ; to bet that parier que ; I bet you 100 dollars (that) I win je te parie 100 dollars que je gagne ; you can bet your ass ◑ ou your life ou your boots ○ ou your bottom dollar ○ (that) tu peux parier tout ce que tu veux or ta chemise que ; bet you can/can't! ( between children) chiche!C vi ( p prés etc - tt- ; prét, pp bet ou betted) gen parier (on sur) gen parier ; ( in casino) miser ; to bet on a horse parier or miser sur un cheval ; to bet on a race jouer or parier dans une course ; to bet on sth happening parier que qch va se produire ; something will go wrong, you can bet on it il y a forcément quelque chose qui va aller de travers, tu peux en être sûr ; I'm willing to bet on it! j'en mettrais ma tête à couper! ; I wouldn't bet on it! je n'y compterais pas trop! ; I'll bet! ( in agreement) ça se comprend! ; ( ironically) ben voyons ○ ! ; you bet! tu parles!, et comment! -
15 गन्धर्व
gandharvám. a Gandharva <though in later times the Gandharvas are regarded as a class, yet in RV. rarely more than one is mentioned;
he is designated as the heavenly Gandharva ( divyág- RV. IX, 86, 36 and X, 139, 5),
andﾠ is alsoﾠ called Viṡvā-vasu ( RV. X, 85, 21 and 22;139, 4 and 5) andﾠ Vāyu-keṡa (in pl. RV. III, 38, 6);
his habitation is the sky, orﾠ the region of the air andﾠ the heavenly waters
( RV. I, 22, 14; VIII, 77, 5; IX, 85, 12; 86, 36; X, 10, 4 AV. II, 2, 3);
his especial duty is to guard the heavenly Soma RV. IX, 83, 4 and 85, 12,
which the gods obtain through his intervention RV. AV. VII, 73, 3 ; cf. RV. I, 22, 14 ;
it is obtained for the human race by Indra, who conquers the Gandharva andﾠ takes it by force ( RV. VIII, 1, 11 and 77, 5);
the heavenly Gandharva is supposed to be a good physician, because the Soma is considered as the best medicine;
possibly, however, the word Soma originally denoted not the beverage so called, but the moon, andﾠ the heavenly Gandharva may have been the genius orﾠ tutelary deity of the moon;
in one passage RV. IX, 86, 36 the heavenly Gandharva andﾠ the Soma are identified;
he is alsoﾠ regarded as one of the genii who regulate the course of the Sun's horses
i, 163, 2; X, 177, 2; cf. 135, 5 ;
he knows andﾠ makes known the secrets of heaven andﾠ divine truths generally
( X, 139, 5 and 6 AV. II, 1, 2; XX, 128, 3 VS. XI, 1; XXXII, 9);
he is the parent of the first pair of human beings, Yama andﾠ Yamī RV. X, 10, 4),
andﾠ has a peculiar mystical power over women andﾠ a right to possess them RV. X, 85, 21 and 22; 40 and 41 ;
for this reason he is invoked in marriage ceremonies AV. XIV, 2, 35 and 36 ;
ecstatic states of mind andﾠ possession by evil spirits are supposed to be derived from the heavenly Gandharva (cf. - gṛihīta, - graha);
the Gandharvas as a class have the same characteristic features as the one Gandharva;
they live in the sky RV. AV. ṠBr. XIV,
guard the Soma RV. IX, 113, 3 ṠBr. III AitBr. I, 27,
are governed by Varuṇa (just as the Apsarasas are governed by Soma) ṠBr. XIII ĀṡvṠr. X, 7, 3,
know the best medicines AV. VIII, 7, 23 VS. XII, 98,
regulate the course of the asterisms ( AV. XIII, 1, 23 BhP. IV, 29, 21 ;
hence twenty-seven are mentioned VS. IX, 7),
follow after women andﾠ are desirous of intercourse with them (AV. ṠBr. III) ;
as soon as a girl becomes marriageable, she belongs to Soma, the Gandharvas, andﾠ Agni Gṛihyās. II, 19 f. Pañcat. Suṡr. ;
the wives of the Gandharvas are the Apsarasas
(cf. gandharvâ̱psarás),
andﾠ like them the Gandharvas are invoked in gambling with dice AV. VII, 109, 5 ;
they are alsoﾠ feared as evil beings together with the Rākshasas, Kimīdins, Piṡācas, etc., amulets being worn as a protection against them ( AV. Suṡr.);
they are said to have revealed the Vedas to Vāc
( ṠBr. III ; cf. PārGṛ. II, 12, 2),
andﾠ are called the preceptors of the Ṛishis ṠBr. XI ;
Purūravas is called among them ( ib.);
in epic poetry the Gandharvas are the celestial musicians orﾠ heavenly singers (cf. RV. X, 177, 2)
who form the orchestra at the banquets of the gods, andﾠ they belong together with the Apsarasas to Indra's heaven, sharing alsoﾠ in his battles;
Yājñ. I, 71 MBh. Hariv. etc..; cf. RTL. p. 238 ;
in the more systematic mythology the Gandharvas constitute one of the classes into which the higher creation is divided
(i.e. gods, manes, Gandharvas AV. XI, 5, 2 ;
orﾠ gods, Asuras, Gandharvas, men TS. VII, 8, 25, 2 ;
cf. ṠBr. X ;
orﾠ gods, men, Gandharvas, Apsarasas, Sarpas, andﾠ manes AitBr. III, 31, 5 ;
for other enumerations cf. Nir. III, 8 Mn. I, 37 RTL. p. 237 ;
III, 196; VII, 23; XII, 47 Nal. etc..);
divine andﾠ human Gandharvas are distinguished
( TUp. II, 8 the divine orﾠ Deva-Gandharvas are enumerated MBh. I, 2550 ff. and 4810 ff.);
another passage names 11 classes of Gandharvas (TĀr. I, 9, 3) ;
the chief orﾠ leader of the Gandharvas is named Citra-ratha Bhag. X, 26 ;
they are called the creatures of Prajāpati Mn. I, 37 ;
orﾠ of Brahmā. Hariv. 11793 orﾠ of Kaṡyapa 11850 ;
orﾠ of the Munis MBh. I, 2550 Hariv. 11553 ;
orﾠ of Prādhā MBh. I, 2556 ;
orﾠ of Arishṭā Hariv. 234 VP. I, 21 orﾠ of Vāc ( PadmaP.);
with Jainas the Gandharvas constitute one of the eight classes of the Vyantaras>;
N. of the attendant of the 17th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L. ;
a singer VarBṛS. LXXXVII, 33 BhP. I, 11, 21 ;
the Koïl orﾠ black cuckoo L. ;
a sage, pious man Mahīdh. on VS. XXXII, 9 ;
a horse MBh. III, 11762 ;
cf. II, 1043 ;
the musk deer (derived fr. gandha) L. ;
the soul after death andﾠ previous to its being born again (corresponding in some respects to the western notion of a ghost) L. ;
N. of the 14th Kalpa orﾠ period of the world VāyuP. I, 21, 30 ;
of the 21st Muhūrta Sūryapr. ;
of a Svara orﾠ tone (for gāndhāra?) Hariv. II, 120, 4 ;
m. pl. the Gandharvas ( seeﾠ above);
N. of a people (named together with the Gāndhāras) R. VII, 100, 10 f. and 101, 2 ff. and 11 VarBṛS. XIV, 31 ;
(ā) f. Durgā Hariv. II, 120, 4 (v.l. gāndharvī);
(ī́) f. Gandharvī (daughter of Surabhi andﾠ mother of the race of horses MBh. I, 2631 f. R. III, 20, 28 f. VāyuP.)
RV. X, 11, 2 R. ;
night BhP. IV, 29, 21 ;
+ cf. Gk. κένταυρος fr. κενθαργγος
- गन्धर्वकन्या
- गन्धर्वखण्ड
- गन्धर्वगृहीत
- गन्धर्वग्रह
- गन्धर्वतैल
- गन्धर्वत्व
- गन्धर्वदत्ता
- गन्धर्वनगर
- गन्धर्वपत्नी
- गन्धर्वपद
- गन्धर्वपुर
- गन्धर्वराज
- गन्धर्वर्तु
- गन्धर्वलोक
- गन्धर्वविद्या
- गन्धर्वविवाह
- गन्धर्ववेद
- गन्धर्वहस्त
- गन्धर्वहस्तक
- गन्धर्वाप्सरस्
- गन्धर्वेष्ठा
-
16 Glück
Interj.1. beim Trinken: glug (, glug); gluck, gluck machen umg., hum. (Alkohol trinken) have a few; (ertrinken) go under (for the third time); (untergehen) go down; gluck, gluck, weg war er hum. glug, glug, and down he went, bubble-bubble he was gone2. Henne: cluck* * *das Glückluck; fortune; auspiciousness; happiness; felicity; fortunateness; luckiness* * *glụck [glʊk]interj1) (von Huhn) cluck2) (von Flüssigkeit) gluggluck gluck, weg war er (inf) — glug glug, and he'd gone
* * *das1) luckiness2) (something good which happens by chance: She has all the luck!) luck3) happiness4) (a piece of good luck or something for which one should be grateful: It was a mercy that it didn't rain.) mercy* * *<-[e]s>[ˈglʏk]ein \Glück! (fam) how lucky!, what a stroke of luck!ein \Glück, dass... it is/was lucky that...jdm zum Geburtstag \Glück wünschen to wish sb [a] happy birthdayein Kind des \Glücks sein (geh) to have been born under a lucky starmehr \Glück als Verstand [o als sonst was] haben (fam) to have more luck than sense [or brains]\Glück bringend luckygroßes/seltenes \Glück a great/rare stroke of luck\Glück verheißend auspicious, propitiousauf sein \Glück bauen to rely on [or trust to] one's good fortunejdm \Glück bringen to bring sb luck\Glück/kein \Glück haben to be lucky [or in luck]/unlucky [or to not be in luck]\Glück gehabt! (fam) that was lucky! [or a close shave!]das \Glück haben, etw zu tun to be lucky enough [or have the good fortune] to do sthdas ist dein \Glück! (fam) lucky for you!\Glück bei jdm haben to be successful with sbin sein \Glück hineinstolpern (fam) to have the luck of the devil, to be incredibly luckysein \Glück [bei jdm] probieren [o versuchen] to try one's luck [with sb]von \Glück reden [o sagen] können, dass... to count [or consider] oneself lucky [or fam thank one's lucky stars] that...das \Glück ist jdm gewogen [o hold] (geh) luck was with them, fortune smiled upon [or form favoured [or AM -ored]] themsein \Glück verscherzen to throw away one's good fortune [or chance]auf sein \Glück vertrauen to trust to one's lucknoch nichts von seinem \Glück wissen [o ahnen] (iron) to not know what's in store for one [or anything about it] yet\Glück ab! (Fliegergruß) good luck!, happy [or safe] landing!\Glück auf! (Bergmannsgruß) good luck!zu jds \Glück luckily [or fortunately] for sbzum \Glück luckily, fortunately, happilyzu seinem/ihrem etc. \Glück luckily for him/her etc.2. (Freude) happiness, joyjdm \Glück [und Zufriedenheit] wünschen to wish sb joyin \Glück und Unglück zusammenhalten to stick together through thick and thin [or come rain or come shine]echtes/großes \Glück true/great happinesseheliches/häusliches \Glück marital [or wedded]/domestic blissjunges \Glück young lovekurzes \Glück short-lived happinessein stilles \Glück bliss, a serene sense of happinessdas vollkommene \Glück perfect blisstiefes \Glück empfinden to feel great [or deep] joysein \Glück finden to find happinesssein \Glück genießen to enjoy [or bask in] one's happinessjds ganzes \Glück sein to be sb's [whole] life, to mean the whole world to sbnach \Glück streben to pursue happiness3.▶ sein \Glück mit Füßen treten to turn one's back on fortune▶ etw auf gut \Glück tun to do sth on the off-chance, to trust to chance▶ jdm lacht das \Glück fortune smiles on [or favours [or AM -ors]] sb▶ sein \Glück machen to make one's fortune▶ \Glück muss der Mensch [o man] haben! (fam) this must be my/your/our etc. lucky day!, my/your/our etc. luck must be in!▶ jeder ist seines \Glückes Schmied (prov) life is what you make [of] it prov, everyone is the architect of his own fortune prov▶ das war das \Glück des Tüchtigen he/she deserved his/her good luck [or fortune], he/she deserved the break fam▶ \Glück im Unglück haben it could have been much worse [for sb], to be quite lucky in [or under] the circumstances▶ man kann niemanden zu seinem \Glück zwingen (prov) you can lead a horse to water but you cannot make him drink prov* * *das; Glück[e]s1) luckein großes/unverdientes Glück — a great/an undeserved stroke of luck
[es ist/war] ein Glück, dass... — it's/it was lucky that...
er hat [kein] Glück gehabt — he was [un]lucky
jemandem Glück wünschen — wish somebody [good] luck
viel Glück! — [the] best of luck!; good luck!
Glück bringen — bring [good] luck
sein Glück versuchen od. probieren — try one's luck
zum Glück od. zu meinem/seinem usw. Glück — luckily or fortunately [for me/him etc.]
2) (Hochstimmung) happinessjemanden zu seinem Glück zwingen — make somebody do what is good for him/her
jeder ist seines Glückes Schmied — (Spr.) life is what you make it
3) (Fortuna) fortune; luck* * *1. (Ggs Pech) luck; (Glücksfall, glücklicher Zufall) (good) luck, stroke ( oder piece) of (good) luck;Glück auf! BERGB good luck!;viel Glück! good luck!, best of luck! umg;jemandem Glück wünschen für Wettkampf etc: wish sb luck;zum Glück fortunately;Glück bringender Talisman lucky charm;es soll Glück bringen it’s supposed to bring good luck;Glück haben be lucky, be in luck;kein Glück haben be out of luck;damit wirst du bei ihr kein Glück haben that won’t get you anywhere with her, that won’t cut any ice with her(, I’m afraid);nochmal Glück gehabt! umg that was a close shave;ich hatte Glück im Unglück I was lucky things didn’t turn out worse;er/sie hat viel Glück bei den Frauen/Männern he’s/she’s a great success with the ladies/(the) men;mancher hat mehr Glück als Verstand Fortune favo(u)rs fools;Glück muss man haben! your etc luck is in, you’re etc in luck;dein Glück! lucky for you;ein Glück, dass … thank goodness (that) …;sagen you can count yourself lucky;die können von Glück reden, wenn … they can count themselves lucky, if …;Glück verheißend Vorzeichen, Umstände: auspicious, lucky;sein Glück versuchen try one’s luck (bei with);sie wusste noch nichts von i-m Glück iron she didn’t know what was in store for her;auf gut Glück on the off-chance;wir sind auf gut Glück nach Florenz gefahren we went to Florence on the off-chance of finding a room, some good weather etc;Glück im Spiel, Pech in der Liebe sprichw lucky at cards, unlucky in love2. Empfindung, Zustand: happiness;eheliches/häusliches Glück marital/domestic bliss;junges Glück fig young lovers;jemandem Glück wünschen zum Geburtstag etc: congratulate sb (zu on);sein Glück machen make one’s fortune;sein Glück mit Füßen treten spurn one’s chance of happiness;jemandes Glück im Wege stehen stand in the way of sb’s happiness;man kann niemanden zu seinem Glück zwingen you can lead a horse to water, but you can’t make him drink;ich musste sie zu i-m Glück zwingen I had to make her happy in spite of herself;du bist mein einziges/ganzes Glück fig you are the only thing that makes me happy/that I need to be happy;jeder ist seines Glückes Schmied sprichw everyone makes their own luck;Glück und Glas, wie leicht bricht das sprichw happiness is as brittle as glass3. personifiziert: fortune;ein Liebling des Glücks sein be born under a lucky star;das Glück ist launisch fortune is fickle;* * *das; Glück[e]s1) luckein großes/unverdientes Glück — a great/an undeserved stroke of luck
[es ist/war] ein Glück, dass... — it's/it was lucky that...
er hat [kein] Glück gehabt — he was [un]lucky
jemandem Glück wünschen — wish somebody [good] luck
viel Glück! — [the] best of luck!; good luck!
Glück bringen — bring [good] luck
sein Glück versuchen od. probieren — try one's luck
zum Glück od. zu meinem/seinem usw. Glück — luckily or fortunately [for me/him etc.]
2) (Hochstimmung) happinessjemanden zu seinem Glück zwingen — make somebody do what is good for him/her
jeder ist seines Glückes Schmied — (Spr.) life is what you make it
3) (Fortuna) fortune; luck* * *nur sing. n.auspiciousness n.beatitude n.bliss n.felicity n.fortune n.happiness n.luck n.luckiness n. -
17 अष्टन् _aṣṭan
अष्टन् num. a. [अश-व्याप्तौ कनिन् तुट् च Uṇ.1.154.] (nom., acc. अष्ट-ष्टौ) Eight. It often occurs in comp. as अष्टा with numerals and some other nouns; as अष्टादशन्, अष्टाविंशतिः, अष्टापद &c. [cf. L. octo; Gr. okto; Zend astani Pers. hasht.].-Comp. -अक्षर a. consisting of eight letters or parts; अष्टाक्षरं ह वा एकं गायत्र्यै पदम् Bṛi. Up.5.14.1. (-रः) N. of a metre.-अङ्ग a. consisting of eight parts or members.(-ङ्गम्) 1 the eight parts of the body with which a very low obeisance is performed; ˚पातः, -प्रणामः, साष्टाङ्गनमस्कारः a respectful obeisance made by the prostration of the eight limbs of the body; साष्टाङ्गपातं प्रणनाम fell prostrate on the ground in reverence; (जानुभ्यां च तथा पद्भ्यां पाणिभ्यामुरसा धिया । शिरसा वचसा दृष्टया प्रणामो$- ष्टाङ्ग ईरितः). cf. also उरसा शिरसा दृष्टया वचसा मनसा तथा । पद्भ्यां कराभ्यां जानुभ्यां प्रणामो$ष्टाङ्ग उच्यते ॥ The eight limbs of the body in नमस्कार.-2 the 8 parts of yoga or concen- tration; यमो नियमश्चासनं च प्राणायामस्ततः परम् । प्रत्याहारो धारणा च घ्यानं सार्धं समाधिना । अष्टाङ्गान्याहुरेतानि योगिनां योगसिद्धये ॥-3 materials of worship taken collectively, namely, water, milk, ghee, curds, दर्भ, rice, barley, mustard seed.-4 the eight parts of every medical science; (they are:-- शल्यम्, शालाक्यम्, कायचिकित्सा, भूतविद्या, कौमारभृत्यम्, अगदतन्त्रम्, रसायनतन्त्रम्, and वाजीकरणतन्त्रम्.)-5 the eight parts of a court; 1 the law, 2 the judge, 3 assessors, 4 scribe, 5 astrologer, 6 gold, 7 fire, and 8 water.-6 any whole consisting of eight parts.-7 a die, dice.-8 The eight functions of intellect (बुद्धि) are शुश्रूषा, श्रवण, ग्रहण, धारणा, चिन्तन, ऊहापोह, अर्थविज्ञान and तत्त्वज्ञान; बुद्धया ह्यष्टाङ्गया युक्तं त्वमेवार्हसि भाषितुम् Rām.6.113.24. ˚अर्घ्यम् an offering of eight articles. ˚धूपः a sort of medical incense removing fever. ˚मैथुनम् sexual enjoyment of 8 kinds'; the eight stages in the progress of a love suit; स्मरणं कीर्तनं केलिः प्रेक्षणं गुह्यभाषणम् । संकल्पो$ध्यवसायश्च क्रियानिष्पत्तिरेव च ॥˚वैद्यकम् It is constituted of द्रव्याभिधान, गदनिश्चय, काय- सौख्य, शल्यादि, भूतनिग्रह, विषनिग्रह, बालवैद्यक, and रसायन. ˚हृदयम् N. of a medical work.-अधिकाराः जलाधिकारः, स्थलाधिकारः, ग्रामाधिकारः, कुललेखनम्, ब्रह्मासनम्, दण़्डविनि- योगः, पौरोहित्यम्.-अध्यायी N. of Pāṇinī's gramma- tical work consisting of 8 Adhyāyas or chapters.-अन्नानि The eight types of food भोज्य, पेय, चोष्य, लेह्य, खाद्य, चर्व्य, निःपेय, भक्ष्य.-अर a. having a wheel with 8 spokes.-अस्रम् an octagon.-अस्रः A kind of single-storeyed building octangular in plan.-अस्रिय a. octangular.-अह् (न्) a. lasting for 8 days.-आदिशाब्दिकाः the first eight expounders of the science of words (grammar); इन्द्रश्चन्द्रः काशकृत्स्नापिशली शाकटायनः । पाणिन्यमरजैनेन्द्रा जयन्त्यष्टादिशाब्दिकाः ॥-आपाद्य Multiplied by eight. अष्टापाद्यं तु शूद्रस्य स्तेये भवति किल्बिषम् । Ms.8.337.-उपद्वीपानि स्वर्णप्रस्थ, चन्द्राशुक्ल, आवर्तन, रमणक, मन्दरहरिण, पाञ्चजन्य, सिंहल, and लङ्का.-कपाल a. (˚ष्टा˚) prepared or offered in 'eight' pans. (-लः) a sacrifice in which ghee is offered in eight pans.-कर्ण a. one who has the number eight as a mark burnt in his ears (P.VI.3.115). (-र्णः) eight- eared, an epithet of Brahmā. (-कर्मन् m.),-गतिकः a king who has 8 duties to perform; (they are:-- आदाने च विसर्गे च तथा प्रैषनिषेधयोः । पञ्चमे चार्थवचने व्यवहारस्य चेक्षणे ॥ दण्डशुद्धयोः सदा रक्तस्तेनाष्टगतिको नृपः ।-कुलम् (Probably) Village jury. (Bh. List No. 1267).-कुलाचलाः Eight principal mountains; नील, निषध, विन्ध्याचल, माल्यवान्, मलय, गंधमादन, हेमकूट, and हिमालय. (-मर्यादागिरयः) हिमालय, हेमकूट, निषध, गन्धमादन, नील, श्वेत, शृङ्गवार and माल्यवान्.-कृत्वस् ind. eight times. चतु- र्नमो अष्टकृत्वो भवाय Av.11.2.9.-कोणः 1 an octagon.-2 a kind of machine.-खण्डः a title of a collection of several sections of the Ṛigveda.-गन्धाः Eight fragrant substances (Mar. चन्दन, अगरु, देवदार, कोळिंजन, कुसुम, शैलज, जटामांसी, सुर-गोरोचन).-गवम् [अष्टानां गवां समाहारः] a flock of 8 cows.-गाढ् m.1 a fabulous animal supposed to have eight legs.-2 a spider.-गुण a. eightfold; अन्नादष्टगुणं चूर्णम्; दाप्यो$ष्टगुणमत्ययम् Ms.8.4. (-णम्) the eight qualities which a Brāhmaṇa should possess; दया सर्वभूतेषु, क्षान्तिः, अनसूया, शौचम्, अनायासः, मङ्गलम्, अकार्पण्यम्, अस्पृहा चेति ॥ Gautamasūtra. ˚आश्रय a. endowed with these eight qualities.-ष्ट (˚ष्टा˚) चत्वारिंशत् a. forty-eight.-तय a. eight-fold.-तारिणी the eight forms of the goddess तारिणी; तारा- चोग्रा महोग्रा च वज्रा काली सरस्वती । कावेश्वरी च चामुण्डा इत्यष्टौ तारिण्यो मताः ॥.-तालम् A kind of sculptural measure- ment in which the whole height of an idol is generally eight times that of the face.-त्रिंशत् -(˚ष्टा˚) a. thirty-eight.-त्रिकम् [अष्टावृत्तम् त्रिकम्] the number 24.-दलम् 1 a lotus having eight petals.-2 an octagon.-दशन् (˚ष्टा˚) see above after अष्टातय.-दिश् f. [कर्म˚ स. संज्ञात्वान्न द्विगुः दिक् सङ्ख्ये संज्ञायाम् P.II.1.5.] the eight cardinal points; पूर्वाग्नेयी दक्षिणा च नैर्ऋती पश्चिमा तथा । वायवी चोत्तरैशानी दिशा अष्टाविमाः स्मृताः ॥. ˚करिण्यः the eight female elephants living in the eight points; करिण्यो$भ्रमुकपिलापिङ्गलानुपमाः क्रमात् । ताम्रकर्णी शुभ्रदन्ती चाङ्गना चाञ्जनावती ॥ Ak. ˚पालाः the eight regents of the cardinal points; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिः (यमः) नैर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् (वायुः) । कुबेरे ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ Ak. ˚गजाः the eight elephants guarding the 8 quarters; ऐरावतः पुण्डरीको वामनः कुमुदो$ञ्जनः । पुष्पदन्तः सार्वभौमः सुप्रतीकश्च दिग्गजाः ॥ Ak.-देहाः (पिण्डब्रह्माण्डात्मकाः) Gross and subtle bodies; स्थूल, सूक्ष्म, कारण, महाकारण, विराट्, हिरण्य, अव्याकृत, मूलप्रकृति.-द्रव्यम् the eight materials of a sacrifice; अश्वत्थोदुम्बुरप्लक्षन्यग्रोधसमिधस्तिलाः । सिद्धार्थपायसाज्यानि द्रव्याण्यष्टौ विदुर्बुधाः ॥-धातुः the eight metals taken collectively; स्वर्णं रूप्यं च ताम्रं च रङ्गं यशदमेव च । शीसं लौहं रसश्चेति धातवो$ष्टौ प्रकीर्किताः ॥-नागाः (Serpents) अनन्त, वासुकि, तक्षक, कर्कोटक, शङ्ख, कुलिक, पद्म, and महापद्म.-नायिकाः (of श्रीकृष्ण) रुक्मिणी, सत्यभामा, जाम्बवती, कालिन्दी, मित्रवृन्दा, याज्ञजिती, भद्रा, and लक्ष्मणा. (of इन्द्र) उर्वशी, मेनका, रम्भा, पूर्वचिती, स्वयंप्रभा, भिन्नकेशी जनवल्लभा and घृताची (तिलोत्तमा). (In Erotics) वासकसज्जा, विरहोत्कण्ठिता, स्वाधीनभर्तृका, कलहान्तरिता, खण्डिता, विप्रलब्धा, प्रोषितभर्तृका, and अभिसारिका.-पक्ष a. Having eight side- pillars; अष्टपक्षां दशपक्षां शालाम् Av.9.3.21.-पद, -द् (˚ष्ट˚ or ˚ष्टा˚) a.1 eight-footed.-2 a term for a pregnant animal.-पदः (˚ष्ट˚)1 a spider.-2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha.-3 a worm.-4 a wild sort of jasmin.-5 a pin or bolt.-6 the mountain Kailāsa (the abode of Kubera). (-दः, -दम्) [अष्टसु धातुषु पदं प्रतिष्ठा यस्य Malli.]1 gold; आवर्जिताष्टापदकुम्भतोयैः Ku.7.1; Śi.3.28.-2 a kind of chequered cloth or a board for drafts, dice-board (Mar. पट); ˚परिचयचतुराभिः K.196. ˚पत्रम् a sheet of gold.-प (पा)दिका N. of a plant.-पदी (˚ष्ट-ष्टा˚)1 wild sort of jasmin (Mar. वेलमोगरी); श्यामान्वारणपुष्पांश्च तथा$- ष्टपदिका लताः Mb.13.54.6.-2 a variety of metre, often used in Jayadeva's Gītagovinda.-पलम् a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee.-पाद्य a. (˚ष्टा˚) eight-fold.-पुत्र a. Having eight sons; अष्टयोनिरदितिरष्ट- पुत्रा Av.8.9.21.-(देह)-प्रकृतयः पञ्चमहाभूतानि, मनः, बुद्धिः and अहङ्कारः.-प्रधानाः, वैद्य, उपाध्याय, सचिव, मन्त्री, प्रतिनिधि, राजाध्यक्ष, प्रधान and अमात्य. (of शिवाजी) प्रधान, अमात्य, सचिव, मन्त्री, डबीर, न्यायाधीश, न्यायशास्त्री and सेनापति.-भावाः (a) स्तम्भ, स्वेद, रोमाञ्च, वैस्वर्य, कम्प, वैवर्ण्य, अश्रुपात, and प्रलय (b) कम्प, रोमाञ्च, स्फुरण, प्रेमाश्रु, स्वेद, हास्य, लास्य, and गायन.-भैरवाः (शिवगणाः) असिताङ्ग, संहार, रुरु, काल, क्रोध, ताम्रचूड, चन्द्रचूड and महाभैरव, (इतरे- कपाल, रुद्र, भीषण उन्मत्त, कुपित इत्यादयः).-भोगाः अन्न, उदक, ताम्बूल, पुष्प, चन्दन, वसन, शय्या, and अलंकार.-मङ्गलः a horse with a white face, tail, mane, breast and hoofs. (-लम्) [अष्ट- गुणितं मङ्गलं शा. क. त.] a collection of eight lucky things; according to some they are:-- मृगराजो वृषो नागः कलशो व्यञ्जनं तथा । वैजयन्ती तथा भेरी दीप इत्यष्टमङ्गलम् ॥ according to others लोके$स्मिन्मङ्गलान्यष्टौ ब्राह्मणो गौर्हुताशनः । हिरण्यं सर्पि- रादित्य आपो राजा तथाष्टमः ॥-मङ्गलघृत Ghee mixed with Orris-root (Mar. वेखंड), Costus Arabicus (कोष्ट), ब्राह्मी Siphonanthus Indica, mustard, सैन्धव, पिप्पली, and (Mar. उपळसरी).-मधु Eight Kinds of honey माक्षिक, भ्रामर, क्षौद्र, पोतिका, छात्रक, अर्घ्य, औदाल, दाल.-महारसाः Eight रसs in Āyurveda, namely वैक्रान्तमणि, हिंगूळ, पारा, हलाहल, कान्तलोह, अभ्रक, स्वर्णमाक्षी, रौप्यमाक्षी.-महारोगाः वातव्याधि, अश्मरी, कुष्ट, मेह, उदक, भगन्दर, अर्श, and संग्रहणी.-महासिद्धयः (n.) अणिमा, महिमा, लघिमा, प्राप्ति, प्राकाश्य, ईशिता, वशिता, and प्राकाम्य. (b) अणिमा, महिमा, मघिमा, गरिमा, प्राप्ति, प्राकाम्य, ईशिता and वशिता.-मातृकाः ब्राह्मी, माहेश्वरी, कौमारी, वैष्णवी, वाराही, इन्द्राणी, कौबेरी, and चामुण्डा.-मुद्राः सुरभी, चक्र, ध्यान, योनि, कूर्म, पङ्कज, लिङ्ग and निर्याण.-मानम् one kuḍava.-मासिक a. occurring once in 8 months.-मुष्टिः a. measure called कुञ्चि; अष्टमुष्टिर्भवेत् कुञ्चिः कुञ्चयो$ष्टौ च पुष्कलः । हेमाद्रिः-मूत्राणि Urines of a cow, a sheep, a goat, a buffallo, a horse, an elephant, a camel, an ass.-मूर्तिः the 'eight-formed', an epithet of Śiva; the 8 forms being, the 5 elements (earth, water, fire, air and ether), the Sun and the Moon and the sacrificing priest; cf. Ś.1.1 -या सृष्टिः स्रष्टुराद्या वहति विधिहुतं या हविर्या च होत्री । ये द्वे कालं विधत्तः श्रुतिविषयगुणा या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वम् । यामाहुः सर्वभूत- प्रकृतिरिति यया प्राणिनः प्राणवन्तः । प्रत्यक्षाभिः प्रपन्नस्तनुभिरवतु वस्ताभिरष्टाभिरीशः ॥; or briefly expressed, the names in Sanskrit (in the above order) are:-- जलं वह्निस्तथा यष्टा सूर्याचन्द्रमसौ तथा । आकाशं वायुरवनी मूर्तयो$ष्टौ पिनाकिनः ॥. ˚धरः 'having 8 forms', Śiva.-मूर्तयः Eight kinds of idols शैली, दारुमयी, लौही, लेप्या, लेख्या, सैकती, मनोमयी, and मणिमयी-योगिन्यः (Friends of पार्वती) (a) मङ्गला, पिङ्गला, धन्या, भ्रामरी, भद्रिका, उल्का, सिद्धा, and सङ्कटा. (b) मार्जनी, कर्पूर- तिलका, मलयगन्धिनी, कौमुदिका, भेरुण्डा, मातालि, नायकी and जया (शुभाचारा) (sometimes सुलक्षणा and सुनन्दा).-रत्नम् the eight jewels taken collectively; the title of a collection of 8 Ślokas on morality.-रसाः the 8 sentiments in dramas &c.; शृङ्गारहास्यकरुणरौद्रवीरभयानकाः । बीभत्साद्भुतसंज्ञौ चेत्यष्टौ नाटये रसाः स्मृताः ॥ K. P.4 (to which is sometimes added a 9th Rasa called शान्त; निर्वेदस्थायिभावो$स्ति शान्तो$पि नवमो रसः ibid.); ˚आश्रय a. embodying or representing the eight sentiments; V.2.18.-लवणानि अजमोदा, आम्लवेतस, एलची (cardamom), Black salt (Mar. पादेलोण), Garcinia Mangostona (Mar. आमसोल), Cinnamo- mum aromaticum (Mar. दालचिनी), Black peppar (Mar. मिरीं).-लोहकम् a class of 8 metals; सुवर्णं रजतं ताम्रं सीसकं कान्तिकं तथा । वङ्गं लौहं तीक्ष्णलौहं लौहान्यष्टाविमानि तु ॥-वर्गः 1 a sort of diagram (चक्र) showing the good or bad stars of a person.-2 the 8 classes of letters; (अवर्ग, क˚, च˚, ट˚, त˚, प˚, य˚, श˚,).-3 a class of three principal medicaments, Namely ऋषभ, जीवक, मेद, महामेद, ऋद्धि, वृद्धि, काकोली, and क्षीरकाकोली cf. जीवकर्षभकौ मेदौ काकोल्यावृद्धिवृद्धिकी.-वक्रः (ष्टा) See below.-वर्ष a. Eight years old; त्र्यष्टवर्षो$ष्टवर्षां वा धर्मे सीदति सत्वरः Ms.9.94.-वसु The eight वसुs in the present मन्वन्तर are (a) धर, ध्रुव, सोम, आप, अनिल, अनल, प्रत्यूष, प्रभास. (b) द्रोण, प्राण, ध्रुव, अर्क, अग्नि, दोष, वसु, विभावसु.-वायनानि हरिद्रा, पूगीफल, दक्षिणा, शूर्प, कङ्कण, काचमणि, धान्य, वस्त्र (Mar. खण).-विना- यकाः The eight Gaṇapatis at मोरगांव (Dist. Poona), पाली (Dist. कुलाबा), भढ (near Karjat, dist. कुलाब), थेऊर (near लोणी, dist. Poona), जुन्नर (dist. Poona), ओझर (near जुन्नर, Dist. Poona). रांजणगांव (Poona- Nagar Road). सिद्धटेक (near दौंड, Dist. Ahmednagar).-विवाहाः बाह्य, दैव, आर्ष, गान्धर्व, राक्षस, प्राजापत्य, आसुर, पैशाच.-विध a. [अष्टाविधाः प्रकाराः अस्य] eight-fold, of eight kinds.-विंशतिः f. (˚ष्टा˚) [अष्टाधिका विंशतिः शाक. त.] the number twentyeight.-शतम् 1 One hundred and eight.-2 eight hundred.-श्रवणः, -श्रवस् N. of Brahmā (having 8 ears or four heads.)-समाधयः यम, नियम, आसन, प्राणायाम, प्रत्याहार, धारणा, ध्यान, and समाधि.-सिद्धयः (See --महा- सिद्धयः). -
18 चक्रम् _cakram
चक्रम् [क्रियते अनेन, कृ घञर्थे< क नि˚ द्वित्वम् Tv.]1 The wheel of a carriage; चक्रवत्परिवर्तन्ते दुःखानि च सुखानि च H.1.173.-2 A potter's wheel.-3 A sharp circular missile, weapon, a disc (especially applied to the weapon of Viṣṇu).-4 An oil-mill; दशसूनासमं चक्रं दशचक्रसमो ध्वजः Mb.13.125.9.-5 A circle, ring; कलाप- चक्रेषु निवेशिताननम् Ṛs.2.14.-6 A troop, multitude, collection, Śi.2.17.-7 A realm, sovereignty; स्वस्थं स्वचक्रं परचक्रमुक्तम् Bu. Ch.2.15; cf. चक्रं सैन्यथाङ्गयोः । राष्ट्रे दम्भान्तरे... । Medinī.-8 A province, district, a group of villages.-9 A form of military array in a circle.-1 A circle or depression of the body.-11 A cycle, cycle of years.-12 The horizon; यावदावर्तते चक्रं तावती मे वसुन्धरा Rām.2.1.36.-13 An army, a host.-14 Section of a book.-15 A whirlpool.-16 The winding of a river.-17 An astronomical circle; राशि˚ the zodiac.-18 Circular flight (of birds &c.).-19 A particular constellation in the form of a hexagon.-2 Range, department in general.-21 The convolutions or spiral marks of the शालिग्राम.-22 A crooked or fraudulent con- trivance.-क्रः 1 The ruddy goose (also called चक्रवाक); पद्मोल्लासविधायिनि सत्पथदीप्तिकृति चक्रभव्यकरे Viś. Guṇā.274.-2 A multitude, troop, group.-Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a gander having a curved neck.-2 a carriage. +-3 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक); चक्राङ्गान् स च नित्यं वै सर्वतो वनगोच- रान् Mb.12.268.36. (-ङ्गी) a goose. (-ङ्गम्) a parasol.-अटः 1 a juggler, snake-catcher.-2 a rogue, knave, cheat.-3 a particular coin, a dināra.-अधिवासिन् m. the orange tree.-अरः, (-रम्) the spoke of a wheel; चक्रारपङ्क्तिरिव गच्छति भाग्यपङ्क्तिः । Svapna.1.4.-अश्मन् n. a machine to hurl stones at a distance; अयःकणपचक्राश्म- भुशुण्ड्युद्यतबाहवः Mb.1.227.25.-आकार, -आकृति a. circular, round.-आयुधः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-आवर्तः whirling or rotatory motion.-आह्वः, -आह्वयः the ruddy goose;-ईश्वरः 1 'lord of the discus', N. of Viṣṇu.-2 the officer in charge of a district.-ईश्वरी N. of the Jaina goddess of learning.-उपजीविन् m. an oil-man.-कारकम् 1 a nail.-2 a kind of perfume.-गजः the plant Cassia Tora.-गण्डुः a round pillow.-गतिः f. rotation, revolution.-गुच्छः the Aśoka tree.-ग्रहणम्, -णी f. a rampart, an en- trenchment.-चक्रम् A flock of चक्रवाक birds; अस्ताद्रिपद्मा- करचक्रचक्रे तत्कालविज्ञातपतङ्गपाते । सद्यो दिदीपे विरहानलः...... । Rām. Ch.6.19.-चर a. moving in a circle; (-रः) a juggler.-चारिन् m. a chariot.-चूडामणिः a round jewel in a coronet or diadem.-जीवकः, -जीविन् m. a potter.-तीर्थम् N. of a holy place.-तुण्डः a kind of fish; रोहितांश्चक्रतुण्डांश्च नलमीनांश्च राघव Rām.3.73.14.-दंष्ट्रः a hog.-घनः a thunder cloud.-धर a.1 bearing or having a wheel.-2 carrying a discus.-3 driving in a carriage.(-रः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; चक्रघरप्रभावः R. 16.55.-2 a sovereign, governor or ruler of a province; वृद्धानां भारतप्तानां स्त्रीणां चक्रधरस्य च Mb.13.162.38.-3 a village tumbler or juggler.-4 a snake; भवेच्चक्रधरो विष्णौ भुजङ्गे ग्रामजालिनि Viśvalochana.-धारा the periphery of a wheel.-नदी the Gaṇḍakī river.-नाभिः the nave of a wheel.-नामन् m.1 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक).-2 a pyritic ore of iron.-नायकः 1 the leader of a troop.-2 a kind of perfume.-नेमिः f. the periphery or cir- cumference of a wheel; नीचैर्गच्छत्युपरि च दशा चक्रनेमिक्रमेण Me.19.-पाणिः an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bg.11.49.-पादः, -पादकः 1 a carriage.-2 an elephant.-पालः 1 the governor of a province.-2 an officer in charge of a division of an army.-3 horizon.-4 a circle.-5 one who carries a discus.-फलम् a kind of discus.-बन्धुः, -बान्धवः the sun.-बालः, -डः, -वालः, -लम्, -डम् 1 a ring, circle.-2 a collection, group, multitude, mass; कैरव- चक्रवालम् Bh.2.74; प्रकटयसि कुमुच्चैरर्चिषां चक्रवालं Rati.4.16; Mv.6.4; Mu.3.21.; K.126,178.-3 horizon.(-लः) 1 a mythical range of mountains supposed to encircle the orb of the earth like a wall and to be the limit of light and darkness.-2 the ruddy goose.-बालधिः a dog.-भृत् m.1 one who holds a discus.-2 N. of Viṣṇu.-भेदिनी night.-भ्रमः, -भ्रमिः f. a lathe or grind- stone; आरोप्य चक्रभ्रमिमुष्णतेजास्त्वष्ट्रेव यत्नोल्लिखितो विभाति R.6. 32; चक्रभ्रमीवद्धृतशरीरः Sāṅ. K.67.-भ्रान्तिः f. revolution of wheels; V.1.5.-मण्डलिन् m. a species of cobra.-मुखः a hog.-मुषलः a battle carried on with the dis- cus and club.-यानम् a wheel-carriage.-रदः a hog.-वर्तिन् m.1 an emperor, universal monarch, sovereign of the world, a ruler whose dominions extend as far as the ocean (आसमुद्रक्षितीश Ak.); पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12; तव तन्वि कुचावेतौ नियतं चक्रवर्तिनौ । आसमुद्रक्षितीशो$पि भवान् यत्र करप्रदः ॥ Udb. (where there is a pun on the word चक्रवर्तिन्, the other meaning being 'resembling in shape the ruddy goose', 'round');-2 (hence) head, foremost; आपद्गतः किल महाशयचक्रवर्ती विस्तारयत्यकृतपूर्वमुदार- भावम् Bv.1.7; कवयस्तर्कयाञ्चक्रुरित्थं ते चक्रवर्तिनः Parṇal.5.38.-3 a kind of horse having one or three curls on the shoulder; स्कन्धपार्श्वे यदावर्त एको वा यदि वा त्रयः । चक्रवर्ती स विज्ञेयो वाजी भूपालमन्दिरे ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj.-वर्मन् m. N. of a king of Kashmir; चक्रवर्माभिधं राज्ये क्षीणपुण्यो व्यपद्यत Rāj. T.5.287.-वाकः 1 (-की f.) the ruddy goose; दूरी- भूते मयि सहचरे चक्रवाकीमिवैकाम् Me.83. ˚बन्धुः the sun.-2 a kind of horse, having white feet and white eyes; श्वेताभः श्वेतपादश्च तथा स्यात् श्वेतलोचनः । चक्रवाकः स विज्ञेयो राजार्हो वाजि सत्तमः ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj.-वाटः 1 a limit, boundary.-2 a lamp-stand.-3 engaging in an action.-वातः a whirl- wind, hurricane; चक्रवातस्वरूपेण जहारासीनमर्भकम् Bhāg.1. 7.2.-वृद्धिः f.1. interest upon interest, compound interest; Ms.8.153,156.-2 wages for transporting goods in a carriage.-व्यूहः a circular array of troops.-संज्ञम् tin. (-ज्ञः) the ruddy goose.-साह्वयः the ruddy goose.-हस्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -
19 चन्द्र _candra
चन्द्र a. [चन्द् णिच् रक्] Ved.1 Glittering, bright, shining (as gold).-2 Lovely, beautiful.-न्द्रः 1 The moon; यथा प्रह्लादनाच्चन्द्रः R.4.12; हृतचन्द्रा तमसेव कौमुदी 8. 37; न हि संहरते ज्योत्स्नां चन्द्रश्चाण्डालवेश्मनि H.1.61; मुख˚, वदन˚ &e.; पर्याप्तचन्द्रेव शरत्त्रियामा Ku.7.26 (for mythologi- cal account see सोम).-2 The moon, as a planet.-3 Camphor; विलेपनस्याधिकचन्द्रभागताविभावनाच्चापललाप पाण्डुताम् N.1.51.-4 The eye in a peacock's tail.-5 Water.-6 Gold (n. also).-7 A lovely or agreeable phenomenon-8 A spot similar to the moon.-9 The symbol or mark of a Visarga.-1 A reddish kind of pearl.-11 The fifth lunar mansion.-12 The number 'one' (used at the end of comp. चन्द्र means 'excellent', 'eminent' or 'illustrious'; as पुरुषचन्द्रः 'a moon of men', an excellent or illustrious man).-न्द्रा 1 Small cardamoms.-2 An open hall only furnished with a roof.-3 An awning, a canopy.-Comp. -अंशुः 1 Viṣṇu.-2 a moon-beam.-अर्धः the half moon; Pt.4. ˚चूडामणिः, ˚मौलिः, ˚शेखरः epithet of Śiva.-आतपः 1 moon-light.-2 awning.-3 an open hall only furnished with a roof.-आत्मजः, -औरसः, -जः, -जातः, -तनयः, -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः the planet Mercury.-आतपः the moon-light; चन्द्रातपमिव रसतामुपेतम् K.-आदित्यौ 1 The moon and the sun.-2 N. of curls on the forehead of a horse; चन्द्रादित्यौ ललाटस्थौ नृपाणां जयवर्धनौ Śālihotra of Bhoja 25.- आनन a. moon-faced. (-नः) an epithet of Kārtikeya.-आपीडः an epithet of Śiva.-आभासः 'false moon', an appearance in the sky re- sembling the real moon.-आह्वयः camphor.-इष्टा a lotus plant, or a collection of lotuses, blossoming during the night.-उदयः 1 moon-rise.-2 awning.-3 a mer- curial preparation used in medicine. (-या) a kind of medicine for the eyes.-उपलः the moon stone.-कला 1 a digit of the moon; राहोश्चन्द्रकलामिवाननचरीं दैवात्समासाद्य मे Māl.5.28.-2 the crescent before or after the new moon.-3 A cattle-drum.-4 A kind of fish; L. D. B.-कान्तः, -मणिः the moon-stone (supposed to ooze away under the influence of the moon); द्रवति च हिमश्मावुद्गते चन्द्रकान्तः U.6.12; Śi.4.58; Amaru.57; Bh.1.21; Māl.1.24. (-तः, -तम्) the white eatable water-lily blossoming during the night. (-तम्) sandal-wood.-कान्ता 1 a night.-2 the wife of the moon.-3 moon- light.-कान्तिः f. moon-light. -n. silver.-कुल्या N. of a river in Kashmir; अवतारयतस्तस्य चन्द्रकुल्याभिधां नदीम् Rāj. T.1.318.-क्षयः the new-moon-day or the last day of a lunar month (अमा) when the moon is not visible.-गृहम् the fourth sign of the zodiac, Cancer.-गोलः the world of the moon, lunar sphere. ˚रथः a deceased pro- genitor, the manes.-गोलिका moon-light.-ग्रहणम् an eclipse of the moon.-चन्चला a small fish.-चूडः, -मौलिः, -शेखरः, -चूडामणिः epithets of Śiva; ('having the moon for his crest', 'moon-crested'); रहस्युपालभ्यत चन्द्र- शेखरः Ku.5.58,86; R.6.34; नखेन कस्य धन्यस्य चन्द्रचूडो भविष्यति Udb.-दाराः (m. pl.) 'the wives of the moon', the 27 lunar mansions mythologically regarded as so many daughters of Dakṣa and married to the moon.-द्युतिः sandal-wood. -f. moon-light.-नामन् m. camphor.-निभ a. bright, handsome.-निर्णिज् a. having a brilliant garment; पतरेव चचरा चन्द्रनिर्णिक् Rv.1.16.8.-पञ्चागम् the luni-solar calendar.-पादः a moon-beam; नियमितपरिखेदा तच्छिरश्चन्द्रपादैः Me. 7; Māl.3.12.-प्रज्ञप्तिः f. N. of the sixth Upāṅga of the Jainas.-प्रभा moon-light.-प्रासादः An apartment at the house-top; Ks.-बाला 1 large cardamoms.-2 moon-light.-बिन्दु the sign for the nasal (<?>)-बुध्न a. having a bright standing ground; चन्द्रबुध्नो मदवृद्धो मनीषिभिः Rv.1.52.3.-भस्मन् n. camphor.-भागा N. of a river in the south.-भासः a sword; see चन्द्रहास.-भूति n. silver.-मणिः the moon-stone-मण्डलम् 1 the orb or disc of the moon.-2 the lunar sphere.-3 a halo round the moon.-मुखी a moon-faced (i. e. lovely) woman.-रेखा, -लेखा the digit or streak of the moon; अथवा रत्नाकराद् ऋते कुतश्चन्द्रलेखायाः प्रसूतिः Nāg.2.-रेणुः a plagiarist.-लोकः the world of the moon.-लोहकम्, -लौहम्, -लौहकम् silver.-वंशः the lunar race of kings, the second great line of royal dynasties in India.- वदन a. a moon-faced.-वल्ली, -वल्लरी The soma plant; L. D. B.-व्रतम् 1 a kind of vow or penance = चान्द्रायण q. v.-2 a regal property or virtue.-विहंगमः A kind of bird; L. D. B.-शाला 1 a room on the top (of a house &c.); चन्द्रशाला शिरोगृहम् Amar.; वियद्गतः पुष्पकचन्द्रशालाः क्षणं प्रतिश्रुन्मुखराः करोति R.13.4.-2 moonlight.-शालिका a room on the top of a house.-शिला the moon-stone; प्रह्लादिता चन्द्रशिलेव तूर्णम् Bk.11.15; ननु भणामि एषा सा चन्द्रमणिशिलेति Nāg.2.-संज्ञः camphor.-संभव N. of Budha or Mercury. (-वा) small cardamoms.-सालोक्य attain- ment of the lunar heaven.-हन् m. an epithet of Rāhu.-हासः 1 a glittering sword.-2 the sword of Rāvaṇa; हे पाणयः किमिति वाञ्छथ चन्द्रहासम् B. R.1.56,61.-3 N. of a king of Kerala, son of Sudhārmika. [He was born under the Mūla asterism and his left foot had a redundant toe; for this his father was killed by his enemies, and the boy was left an orphan in a state of destitution. After much exertion he was restored to his kingdom. He became a friend of Krisna and Arjuna when they came to the South in the course of their wanderings with the sacrificial horse.] (-सम्) silver. -
20 Á
* * *a negative suffix to verbs, not;era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.* * *1.á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.WITH DAT.A. Loc.I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.WITH ACC.A. Loc.I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.B. TEMP.I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.C. Metaph. and in various relations:I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.VI. connected with nouns,1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.2.f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
Horse — (h[^o]rs), n. [AS. hors; akin to OS. hros, D. & OHG. ros, G. ross, Icel. hross; and perh. to L. currere to run, E. course, current Cf. {Walrus}.] 1. (Zo[ o]l.) A hoofed quadruped of the genus {Equus}; especially, the domestic horse ({Equus… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Horse aloes — Horse Horse (h[^o]rs), n. [AS. hors; akin to OS. hros, D. & OHG. ros, G. ross, Icel. hross; and perh. to L. currere to run, E. course, current Cf. {Walrus}.] 1. (Zo[ o]l.) A hoofed quadruped of the genus {Equus}; especially, the domestic horse… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Horse ant — Horse Horse (h[^o]rs), n. [AS. hors; akin to OS. hros, D. & OHG. ros, G. ross, Icel. hross; and perh. to L. currere to run, E. course, current Cf. {Walrus}.] 1. (Zo[ o]l.) A hoofed quadruped of the genus {Equus}; especially, the domestic horse… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Horse artillery — Horse Horse (h[^o]rs), n. [AS. hors; akin to OS. hros, D. & OHG. ros, G. ross, Icel. hross; and perh. to L. currere to run, E. course, current Cf. {Walrus}.] 1. (Zo[ o]l.) A hoofed quadruped of the genus {Equus}; especially, the domestic horse… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Horse balm — Horse Horse (h[^o]rs), n. [AS. hors; akin to OS. hros, D. & OHG. ros, G. ross, Icel. hross; and perh. to L. currere to run, E. course, current Cf. {Walrus}.] 1. (Zo[ o]l.) A hoofed quadruped of the genus {Equus}; especially, the domestic horse… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Horse bean — Horse Horse (h[^o]rs), n. [AS. hors; akin to OS. hros, D. & OHG. ros, G. ross, Icel. hross; and perh. to L. currere to run, E. course, current Cf. {Walrus}.] 1. (Zo[ o]l.) A hoofed quadruped of the genus {Equus}; especially, the domestic horse… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Horse boat — Horse Horse (h[^o]rs), n. [AS. hors; akin to OS. hros, D. & OHG. ros, G. ross, Icel. hross; and perh. to L. currere to run, E. course, current Cf. {Walrus}.] 1. (Zo[ o]l.) A hoofed quadruped of the genus {Equus}; especially, the domestic horse… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Horse bot — Horse Horse (h[^o]rs), n. [AS. hors; akin to OS. hros, D. & OHG. ros, G. ross, Icel. hross; and perh. to L. currere to run, E. course, current Cf. {Walrus}.] 1. (Zo[ o]l.) A hoofed quadruped of the genus {Equus}; especially, the domestic horse… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Horse box — Horse Horse (h[^o]rs), n. [AS. hors; akin to OS. hros, D. & OHG. ros, G. ross, Icel. hross; and perh. to L. currere to run, E. course, current Cf. {Walrus}.] 1. (Zo[ o]l.) A hoofed quadruped of the genus {Equus}; especially, the domestic horse… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Horse breaker — Horse Horse (h[^o]rs), n. [AS. hors; akin to OS. hros, D. & OHG. ros, G. ross, Icel. hross; and perh. to L. currere to run, E. course, current Cf. {Walrus}.] 1. (Zo[ o]l.) A hoofed quadruped of the genus {Equus}; especially, the domestic horse… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Horse car — Horse Horse (h[^o]rs), n. [AS. hors; akin to OS. hros, D. & OHG. ros, G. ross, Icel. hross; and perh. to L. currere to run, E. course, current Cf. {Walrus}.] 1. (Zo[ o]l.) A hoofed quadruped of the genus {Equus}; especially, the domestic horse… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
